Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / PPK Group Limited / FY2022 Annual Report

PPK Group Limited
Annual Report 2022

PPK · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker PPK
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · PPK Group Limited
Loading PDF…
G R O U P   L T D

AN N UAL  R E P O RT  202 2

Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2022
PPK Group Limited 
ABN 65 003 964 181 

G R O U P   L T D

Contents 

Chairman’s Report

2 
6  Directors’ Report
35  Auditor’s Independence Declaration
36  Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  

and Other Comprehensive Income 

37  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
38  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
39  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
41  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
112  Directors’ Declaration
113 
120  Shareholder Information
122  Corporate Directory

Independent Auditor’s Report

 
1

PPK Group LimitedCHAIRMAN’S REPORT

Chairman’s 
Report 

3.   the decision to demerge the 

 – Once a BNNT application 

mining business, which we hope 
will be a long-term benefit for 
shareholders who remain with the 
mining business.

This position was further updated 
with progress in my December 2021 
Executive Chairman’s Report. 

THE PRIORITY IS TO 
COMMERCIALISE THE 
TECHNOLOGY 
While this year we have successfully 
achieved the above three key 
objectives outlined in my 2021 
Executive Chairman’s report, the next 
major objective is to commercialise 
the technology. The last six months 
of this financial year have been a 
difficult one for our shareholders 
with the significant disruption to 
the global investment markets, 
particularly the technology sector, 
and the large decline in PPK’s 
share price. 

Major changes in strategy sometimes 
brings unforeseen opportunity, 
challenge and complexity. 
Perseverance is standing PPK in 
good stead to succeed. We believe 
we have the right strategy for PPK 
going forward and acknowledge that:

 – BNNT is a relatively new 

product. Purity and quality were 
initial challenges that we have 
addressed and are confident 
have been met. The extension of 
the opportunity and challenge is 
how to best combine BNNT with 
other composites (for example 
metal and ceramics) to achieve 
the desired outcomes. The cost 
of producing BNNT is always 
relevant, and we continue to 
make solid progress through 
production flow, scale, and 
increased automation. 

 – Once BNNT has been successfully 

combined into composites, 
industry and best practice 
requires further testing to prove 
the product qualities (for example 
tensile strength, hardness, 
durability)

performs as expected, there is a 
need and opportunity to make 
a market, through our BNNT 
application companies, or by 
identifying potential customers or 
partners who see the opportunity. 
We are committed to work with 
those third parties to commence 
and complete their own extensive 
testing programs.

PORTFOLIO STRENGTH
We have an outstanding application 
portfolio across multiple industries, 
segments, and geographies. 
The total addressable market is 
significant. For some applications 
we have sufficiently proven the 
science and production -we must 
now increase the focus on marketing 
and sales, acknowledging the time 
required in line with the latter points.

MAJORITY POSITIVE 
SCIENTIFIC RESULTS AND 
TARGETED WORK WILL 
CONTINUE 
Last year we communicated 
significant results for White 
Graphene with polymer and resin 
projects (22nd March 2022) and 
gelcoat updates (22nd August 2022). 
The Precious Metals preliminary 
results are positive, and we are 
awaiting the final research project 
results so we can make a formal 
announcement.

LIS continues to substantially 
increase cycle life in its lithium 
sulphur batteries with test cells 
now demonstrating sustained 
performance over 1,000 charge/
discharge cycles whilst retaining 
a specific capacity almost three 
times that of a typical commercial 
lithium-ion battery. It has extended 
its innovation to another high energy 
density technology, lithium-metal 
batteries, with early results showing 
improved capacity retention and 
dendrite reduction. Increase from 
single layer pouch cells to ten-layer 
cells, and finally twenty-layer cells 
that are currently being prepared 
for testing.

Dear fellow shareholder, 

It is my pleasure to provide an update 
on the progress your company has 
made in the last financial year, which 
included key scientific highlights, as 
evidenced with the White Graphene 
and Li-S market announcements, but 
also some investment lowlights. We 
thank you for your continued support 
and before I comment on this 
financial year, I would like to briefly 
reflect on the last two years.

In my 2020 Executive Chairman’s 
Report, I informed shareholders 
of the change in PPK’s strategy 
to become a technology 
commercialisation business. The 
actual production of high quality 95% 
pure BNNT, the advancement of the 
Li-S Energy Limited battery project, 
and PPK’s ongoing joint venture 
relationship with Deakin together 
combined to create a step change in 
future opportunities for PPK.

In my 2021 Executive Chairman’s 
Report, I noted several important 
milestones on PPK’s transformation 
to a technology incubation and 
commercialisation business, 
particularly:

1. 

2. 

 significant progress in automating 
the BNNT manufacturing process 
and becoming the leading global 
manufacturer of BNNT;

 the IPO of Li-S Energy Limited, 
the first IPO of a BNNT 
application project to move from 
research to the commercialisation 
phase, including material 
distribution to shareholders; and

2

PPK Group LimitedTechnology

Energy

White Graphene

Manufacturing Boron 
Nitride Nanotubes (BNNT), 
commercialisation of Lithium-
Sulphur Batteries, White 
Graphene, Precious Metal 
Products & cutting edge 
Artificial Intelligence. 

Precious Metals

Advanced Mobility 
Analytics

3

PPK Group LimitedCHAIRMAN’S REPORT (CONT’D)

Chairman’s Report

As with any scientific testing, it is 
not feasible nor expected to achieve 
success with every test. The 3D 
Dental Project objective was to 
infuse BNNT into dental materials 
including zirconia and lithium 
disilicate ceramics. The project has 
been halted to consider alternative 
approaches. 

Two other projects did not progress 
substantially last year and will be part 
of a strategic portfolio review for the 
upcoming financial year: (1) to blend 
BNNT into bullet resistant glass, and 
(2) to blend BNNT into ceramic and 
polymer materials for body armour.

What is important is that we take the 
learnings from each of these projects 
and apply them moving forward 
through a continual learning loop.

AMAG now has three products 
available – SMART Survey, 
Operations and Safety. There is 
significant global interest, including 
the USA with the approved 
infrastructure legislation, which has a 
first ever Safe Streets and Roads for 
All program to support projects to 
reduce traffic fatalities.

NEW LEADERSHIP TEAM 
The executive team that supports 
the portfolio has been built out and 
significant systems and technologies 
have been put in place to amplify 
that support. 

IMPACT OF A CHANGING 
HEALTH LANDSCAPE
The Survivon investment has not 
progressed as we would have liked, 
with approval by the Therapeutic 
Goods Administration of the “new” 
masks taking months longer than 
expected. When combined with the 
reduction in mask mandates and 
high rates of local vaccinations, this 
resulted in a reduction of demand. 
The combination of these negatively 
impacted PPK financially as 
expanded later in the Annual Report.

4

FINANCIAL RESULTS
With PPK now predominantly 
structured as a holding company, 
its revenues will be realised 
in returns from its subsidiary 
companies or associates as 
dividends, managements fees 
or some similar arrangement. 

With the subsidiary companies 
and associates at various stages 
of generating profits, the financial 
results on PPK’s profit or loss 
statement as summarised in Note 4 
Segment Information showing:

 – Revenue from contracts with 
customers of $1.647 million

 – Gain on re-measurement 

equity interest at fair value 
of $11.648 million 

 – Share of loss of associates and 
a joint venture of $4.039 million

 – Other operating income 

of $0.254 million 
 – Technology expenses 
of $9.646 million 
 – Corporate expenses 
of $6.888 million

SHAREHOLDER SUPPORT
I am pleased that the PPK Group 
continues to receive support from its 
wide shareholder base as is evident 
from the Li-S Energy $34 million 
IPO capital raise in September 2021, 
the White Graphene $1.96 million 
capital raise in September 2021 
and the White Graphene capital 
raise of between $3.575 million to 
$8.575 million that is currently in 
progress. While global investment 
markets are extremely difficult, it is 
reassuring to see investors support 
good opportunities presented 
by the Group aligned to our new 
strategic focus.

ESG UPDATE
This is the first year PPK Group 
has published an ESG report, 
which includes achievements for 
last financial year and planned 
objectives for this financial year. 
Our Environmental objectives relate 
to practical waste and energy 
consumption given our small office 
footprint, and partnering with 
organisations such as Deakin who 
have clear sustainability values; 
Social objectives on diversity, 
inclusion, and thriving people 
underpinned with a strong cyber 
security foundation; Governance 
objectives include new board 
members, remuneration committee 
and risk committee, which leverages 
the new risk Software-as-a-Service 
platform across PPK Group.

OUTLOOK AND PRIORITIES
It is important to reiterate the 
belief your Board and management 
team have of the strength of 
the application portfolio, and 
the size of the opportunity. This 
will require a careful balance of 
the right capabilities focused on 
scientific work versus driving the 
commercialisation. 

As each application becomes fully 
funded, we need to strengthen 
the commercialisation capabilities. 
We expect White Graphene and 
Precious Metals to be the next two 
commercialisation opportunities that 
will return value to PPK shareholders, 
assuming market conditions are 
favourable. AMAG has a healthy 
pipeline to convert, and its safety and 
operational solutions with artificial 
intelligence are receiving widespread 
positive interest and feedback. The 
CIB aerospace autoclave has been 
installed, will be operational for the 
2023 year and is expected to provide 
significant new opportunities for 
future growth at CIB.

We will continue to assess our 
portfolio composition, and 
importantly be prepared to make 
decisions to pause or shut down, 
where the facts support the 
decision. We will be selective of new 
opportunities and seek to introduce 
an Advisory Committee to aid with 
early-stage assessment.

Acknowledging this is our inaugural 
ESG report, we will stay attuned to 
the changing ESG needs and deliver 
our commitments. 

The Company expects to hold its 
Annual General Meeting in Brisbane 
on Wednesday, 23 November 2022. 
Nominations from persons wishing 
to be considered for election as 
a director is expected to close on 
Wednesday, 5 October 2022.

Robin Levison
Chairman

PPK Group LimitedFINANCIAL REPORT 

Financial 
Report 
FY22 

For the year ended 30 June 2022

Contents 

6  Directors’ Report
35  Auditor’s Independence Declaration
36  Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
37  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
38  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
39  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
41  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
112  Directors’ Declaration
113 

Independent Auditor’s Report

5

PPK Group LimitedDIRECTORS’ REPORT

Directors’ Report

Your directors present their report together with the financial statements of the consolidated entity, being PPK Group 
Limited and its 100% owned subsidiaries (“PPK”) and its controlled entities (the “Group”) for the financial year ended 
30 June 2022. 

DIRECTORS
The names of directors in office at any time during or since the beginning of the financial year and up until the date of 
this report are:

 – Robin Levison 
 – Glenn Robert Molloy
 – Dale William McNamara 
 – Anthony John McDonald
 – Anne-Marie Birkill 

Resigned 9 June 2022

Appointed 1 July 2022

Directors have been in office since the start of the financial year to the date of this report, unless otherwise noted.

INFORMATION ON DIRECTORS
Details of the current directors’ qualifications, experience and special responsibilities are detailed below:

Robin Levison CA MBA F.A.I.C.D. (Age 64)
Chairman 

Member of the PPK Group Limited Board since 22 October 2013.
Executive Chairman from 22 October 2013 to 29 April 2015 and re-appointed from 28 February 2016 to 30 June 2022 
and as Chairman and Non-Executive Director from 1 July 2022 onwards. 
Non-Executive Chairman from 29 April 2015 to 28 February 2016 and since 1 July 2022 onwards.
Member of the Audit Committee from 14 August 2017 to 25 January 2018 and since 1 July 2022 onwards.
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee since 21 December 2021.

Robin Levison has more than 25 years of public company management and board experience. During this time, he has 
served as Managing Director at Industrea Limited and Spectrum Resources Limited and has held senior roles at KPMG, 
Barclays Bank and Merrill Lynch. He is a Non-Executive Director of a number of PPK’s related companies including 
ASX listed Li-S Energy Limited, unlisted public companies White Graphene Limited, BNNT Technology Limited and 
BNNT Precious Metals Limited and private companies including 3D Dental Technology Pty Ltd, Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd, 
Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd, AMAG Holdings Australia Pty Ltd, Mask Innovation Pty Ltd and Craig International Ballistics 
Pty Ltd.

Robin holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Queensland, is a Member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants Australia and NZ and is a Graduate and Fellow of Australian Institute of Company Directors. 
Robin recently retired as Chair of the University of Queensland Business, Economics and Law Alumni Ambassador 
Council. 

Other listed public company directorships held in the last 3 years:

 – Chairman of Mighty Craft Limited (formerly Founders First Limited), Non-executive Director & Chairman 

(Appointed: 17 December 2019)

 – Non-Executive Director of Li-S Energy Limited (appointed 12 July 2019)

Glenn Molloy (Age 67)
Executive Director

Member of the PPK Group Limited Board since listing on 21 December 1994.
Chairman of the Audit Committee since 14 August 2017, resigned as Chairman on 21 December 2021 but continued as a 
member of the Audit & Risk Committee until 30 June 2022.
Founder of the former entity Plaspak Pty Limited in 1979, appointed Executive Director in September 2009.

6

Glenn Molloy founded the former entity Plaspak Pty Ltd in 1979 and has acted as a director of PPK since that time. He 
has extensive experience on public company boards, and in advising publicly listed and private entities on commercial 
aspects of mergers, acquisitions and divestment activities. He is Executive Chairman of PPK’s unlisted public companies 
BNNT Technology Limited and White Graphene Limited and a Non-Executive Director of PPK’s related companies 
BNNT Precious Metals Limited, 3D Dental Technology Pty Ltd, Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd, Mask Innovation Pty Ltd and Craig 
International Ballistics Pty Ltd.

Other listed public company directorships held in the last 3 years: Nil

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
Anthony John McDonald LL.B, (Age 64)
Non-Executive, Independent Director

Member of the PPK Group Limited Board since 13 September 2017.
Member of the Audit Committee since 25 January 2018, Chairman of the Audit & Risk Committee from 21 December 2021.

Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee since 21 December 2021.

Tony McDonald graduated with a Bachelor of Laws from the Queensland University of Technology in 1981 and was 
admitted as a solicitor in 1981. He has been involved in the natural resource sector for many years both within Australia 
and internationally and for the past 20 years has held senior management roles in this sector. He is a Non-Executive 
Director of a number of PPK’s related companies including ASX listed Li-S Energy Limited, unlisted public company 
White Graphene Limited and private company Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd.

Other listed public company directorships held in the last 3 years:

 – Santana Minerals Limited, Non-Executive Director (Appointed: December 2019, Executive Director 15 January 2013 

to December 2019)

 – Li-S Energy Limited, Non-Executive Director (Appointed 12 July 2019)

Anne-Marie Birkill BSc (Hons) MBA GAICD, (Age 58)
Non-Executive, Independent Director

Member of the PPK Group Limited Board since 1 July 2022.
Member of the Audit & Risk Committee since 1 July 2022.
Member of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee since 1 July 2022.

Anne-Marie is an experienced Executive and Non-Executive Director with private, public, industry and government 
boards and committees that support and finance technology companies. She has more than 30 years’ experience in 
commercialising and developing products for the innovation and investment sectors.

Anne-Marie is a co-founder and director for OneVentures, a venture capital firm that invests in technology companies 
with global potential. Her previous executive roles have included CEO for i.lab, a technology incubator, and General 
Manager for UniQuest, the University of Queensland’s technology commercialisation company. She is an active 
participant in the innovation community, speaking at a wide range of events, and is a mentor for women working in the 
finance sector.

Other listed public company directorships held in the last 3 years: Nil

Dale McNamara (Age 64)
Executive Director

Member of the PPK Group Limited Board since 30 April 2015, resigned 9 June 2022.

Dale McNamara first joined PPK in an executive capacity in late 2013. Dale has more than 30 years of experience in 
operational and management roles in the coal mining industry in Australia and China.

Dale founded Wadam Industries, a subsidiary of Industrea Ltd and served as its Managing Director since 1993. Dale 
was then appointed as Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Industrea in 2009. Following the takeover of Industrea in 
November 2012 Dale assumed the position of Global Director, Mining with the new owner.

Other listed public company directorships in the last 3 years: Nil

INFORMATION ON COMPANY SECRETARIES
Will Shiel BA (Hons) in Law FGIA (Age 40) 

Will was a senior legal counsel and manager at ASX Limited, focusing on technology. Before this, he held a variety of 
senior positions at leading national and international law firms. Will specialises in all aspects of commercial law, with 
particular experience in intellectual property, contracts and cutting-edge technology transactions. 

Appointed as General Counsel and Company Secretary on 16 August 2021.

7

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Liam Fairhall Blaw (Hons); Bmed Rad Sci; Grad Dip ACGRM; (Age 41) 

Appointed Company Secretary on 30 June 2022.

Liam is the Deputy General Counsel for PPK Group Limited. He specialises in all aspects of corporate law and 
governance and has acted on a wide range of complex transactions, assisted multiple companies list on the ASX and 
advised Boards on a diverse range of regulatory and compliance issues. Before joining PPK, Liam was Head of Legal 
and Company Secretary at a technology focussed bank that specialises in the provision of payment products and 
financial crimes services. Before this, he was a Senior Associate in the Corporate Advisory Group of one of Brisbane’s 
largest independent law firms.

Pat Rogers (Age 50) Blaws, Bbus Accy, FGIA
Appointed as General Counsel and Company Secretary on 4 May 2021, resigned on 26 July 2021.

Tony McDonald acted as Company Secretary for regulatory purposes for the period from 26 July 2021 to 16 August 2021.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
With the restructuring of the Group over the past two years, PPK has become a technology incubation and 
commercialisation company with its main focus on the manufacture and sale of BNNT and as an incubator for BNNT 
application companies and other innovative university or externally sourced science and technologies. 

PPK’s initial focus was to produce BNNT of a high quality in a single furnace using Deakin’s patented technology. Once 
achieved, the next step in 2021 was to increase the production volume of BNNT which was achieved using a multi-furnace 
configuration (modules) and innovative design to semi-automate the process. This year we have significantly increased 
production volume, enhanced automation and moved to larger premises at Deakin’s Waurn Ponds campus to expand 
the number of modules operating.

Over the past two years, we have worked with Deakin to identify commercial opportunities to use BNNT’s unique 
characteristics to develop new products, in particular where Deakin has done previous research. We have also identified 
industries which BNNT could have a significant advantage and formed partnerships with companies to work with 
Deakin and us to develop new products. 

These BNNT application projects are initially funded by debt from PPK and/or its development partner with the debt 
to be repaid through future profits from the BNNT application. Once the science is developed to a stage where testing 
is completed, production capabilities (ie quality, cost, production rates, etc) confirmed and price points validated 
in the industry then the opportunity can be determined. At this point, PPK spreads its risk by raising capital from 
sophisticated investors or institutions to fund the next stage to a pre-IPO. At the pre-IPO stage, the BNNT application 
project is corporatised with business plans and budgets finalised, specialists identified, directors appointed/confirmed 
and a capital raise and/or IPO is planned.

As an example, the Li-S Energy battery project was identified as a BNNT application project and PPK followed the 
above process to take it to an IPO with PPK retaining a controlling percentage and creating a potential sales channel for 
BNNT sales.

White Graphene (boron nitride nanosheets or BNNS) is a new application product for which Deakin has provided 
10 years of research. Last year PPK provided an update of the preliminary results of initial testing for a number of 
industrial applications. PPK has followed the same corporatisation approach as mentioned above and has informed the 
market of the recent positive results of further testing. PPK is now in a pre-IPO capital raise where funds will be used for 
the construction and commissioning of the commercial scale plant, further research and development of new materials 
for transport and storage of hydrogen, new high-performance coatings, and commercialising new White Graphene 
products.

PPK is also a technology incubation partner with AMAG, a project presented to PPK from the University of Queensland, 
in which PPK has a 35% interest. PPK is also a commercial partner for CIB and Survivon in this financial year.

Below is a summary of these companies. 

BNNT Technology Limited (“BNNTTL”)
BNNT Technology Limited (BNNTTL) continued expanding the BNNT manufacturing plant and believes it to be the 
lowest cost producer of BNNT globally. On 7 March 2022, BNNTTL signed a 3-year lease with two 3-year options for 
approximately 1,000m2 at Deakin’s Waurn Pond campus thus providing capacity to expand and operate two new 
6 furnace modules (SM6 modules) and the two existing 4 furnace modules (SM4 modules). Once fully commissioned, 
BNNTTL’s production capacity is expected to increase to around 500 kilograms per annum with > 95% purity. BNNTTL 
will be well placed to meet future BNNT demand.

8

With the significantly larger production facility, we will look to further enhance the automation processes to optimize 
production and further lower the cost of production. 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)BNNTTL holds 30 million shares in Li-S Energy (4.69%), which are escrowed until 27 September 2023, and holds 
8 million shares in White Graphene Limited (WGL), which after the pending capital raise by WGL discussed below will 
still be a minimum of 7.7%.

Precious Metals
The principal activity of Precious Metals is the development of metal matrix composites (including silver, gold and 
copper) incorporating BNNT. Adding BNNT to these metals is intended to increase their strength, toughness and 
durability, and make them more useful in a host of industrial applications and jewellery.

Research completed to date has been very positive and we await completion of the final research project before 
PPK will be in a position to make an announcement. Pending further positive results, management has commenced 
preliminary discussions with potential manufacturing partners.

PPK has a 45% interest.

Strategic Alloys
Strategic Alloys is a joint venture with Amaero International Limited (ASX:3DA), with the aim of combining very 
small quantities of BNNT with aluminium and titanium alloys to create super materials for the defence and aerospace 
industries. The project focuses on developing new super strength aluminium and titanium alloys using BNNT in their 
formulation, which acts as a grain refining, nano-reinforcement and strengthening agent, significantly improving 
mechanical properties. 

Scientific testing of various alternative methods of introducing BNNT into the alloy continue.

PPK has a 45% interest.

White Graphene
White graphene is another nanomaterial which we intend to manufacture and provided an update in our half year 
report. The pilot production plant is now producing close to 500 grams of white graphene per day, it has confirmed the 
manufacturing process is working, and plans to scale to around 2 kilograms per day as we build the commercial scale 
plant over the next six months.

Some of the unique properties of white graphene are:

138 times stronger than steel and 4 times lighter

 –
 – 3 times more thermally conductive than copper 
 – Can bend millions of times without fracture
 – Resistant to corrosion from acids/alkalines and salt water
 – Highly impermeable to hydrogen
 – Acts as a radiation shield

Of the eight fast-track application projects, we have had very good success with the two completed polymer and resin 
projects and announced these results to the market. These results demonstrate the opportunity for significant and 
viable large scale industrial use of boron nitride nanomaterials in the manufacture of everyday products and we have 
had preliminary discussions with potential partners to combine white graphene into their products.

Last year we anticipated that WGL could be the next IPO and progressed the process in the first six months of the 
financial year, however, with the negative investment markets in the last six months this plan has been put on hold. In 
September 2021, WGL completed a capital raise of $1.960 million and is now in the process of a further capital raise 
which will value WGL at around $75 million. The funds are intended to be used for the construction and commissioning 
of the commercial scale plant, further research and development of new materials for transport and storage of 
hydrogen and new high-performance coatings and commercialising new White Graphene products.

After the capital raise, PPK will own a minimum of 51.8% and BNNTTL will own a minimum of 7.7%.

Li-S Energy Limited (“LIS”)
LIS’s objective is to utilise BNNT and Deakin’s existing technology and research in lithium-sulphur batteries to develop 
a battery technology based on more advanced lithium-sulphur chemistry, where BNNTs and other nanomaterials are 
incorporated into battery components to: 

 –
 –

Improve battery energy capacity when compared to current lithium-ion batteries; and

9

Improve cycle life when compared to conventional lithium-sulphur batteries.

LIS completed an Initial Public Offer, raised $34.000 million and listed on the ASX on 28 September 2021. 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)LIS has recently provided an update to the ASX in which it has:

 – Successfully completed numerous drone flights using LIS’s proprietary 10-layer lithium sulphur and lithium metal 

pouch cells.

 – Produced and commenced testing of 10-layer lithium sulphur pouch cells, with BNNT in the cathode construction 

and Li-nanomesh protecting the lithium anode. The cells utilise “lean” electrolyte loading consistent with the volume 
of electrolyte typically used in commercial cells. Minimising the electrolyte loading is important to reduce the weight 
and increase the energy density of the cell. 

 – Produced and commenced testing of 10-layer lithium metal pouch cells using Li-nanomesh to mitigate dendrite 

formation on the lithium metal anode. 

 – Received delivery of the Phase 2 pouch cell production equipment in June 2022 including cathode coaters, cathode 
material preparation machines, cell stacking, welding and pouch cell production equipment. Once installed and 
commissioned, this equipment will increase the number and capacity of cells the Company can produce, including 
initial test cells for partner collaborations. 

LIS continues to expand its international reputation by:

 – becoming a cornerstone partner in the Recycling and Renewable Energy Commercialisation Hub and will receive up 

to $5m in co-investment over the next four years;

 – partnering with the Future Battery Industry Cooperative Research Centre focused on accelerating the development 
of advanced next generation polymer and solid-state electrolytes for lithium sulphur and lithium metal batteries;

 –

attending the International Meeting on Lithium in Sydney, with 800 delegates, and the Battery Show Europe, with 
550 exhibitors and presenters from the world’s leading auto manufacturers and battery manufacturers; and

 – proactively manage its IP and patent portfolio, with core IP proceeding through the phases of global protection and 

appropriate systems and processes in place to secure data and trade secrets.

This is the first of what the Board of PPK expects might be a number of spin-offs arising the application of BNNT to 
create new products and business ventures. 

PPK owns 45.43%, Deakin owns 13.02% and BNNTTL owns 4.69%, PPK’s direct and indirect interests hold 50.23%.

3D Dental
The purpose of this project was to infuse BNNT into dental materials including zirconia and lithium disilicate ceramics. 
The project has been halted to consider alternative approaches to 3D printing BNNT into the dental materials. 
A $0.356 million write-off for the research and development costs has been incurred. The project has provided 
learnings for infusing BNNT, which has been used for other projects with similar methodologies.

This project has been reviewed and an alternative project using different dental materials and approach to blend 
BNNT with these dental materials has been proposed by the scientists, but a decision has not been made to progress. 
3D Dental will be part of a strategic portfolio review for the upcoming financial year.

PPK has a 45% interest.

Ballistic Glass
There are two separate projects in progress; firstly, to blend BNNT into bullet resistant glass and secondly to blend 
BNNT into ceramic and polymer materials for body armour.

Neither project has progressed substantially this year and will be part of a strategic portfolio review for the upcoming 
financial year.

PPK has a 40% interest.

10

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)OTHER TECHNOLOGY UPDATES
CIB
CIB is a leading supplier of body armour to the Australian Defence Force and Police Forces. CIB’s revenues were almost 
$16 million at the end of the reporting period, representing an increase of more than 80% from the previous year. 
Despite continuing to experience supply chain issues, the company delivered an EBITDA of more than $0.5 million after 
paying management fees of $3.6 million to its shareholders, of which PPK received $1.6 million.

Russia’s ongoing invasion of Ukraine, and uncertainty of further military actions against neighbouring countries in 
Eastern Europe, has heightened global uncertainty with defence forces increasing their expenditure in the defence 
sector. CIB has seen increased inquiries from a broad range of customers and is well positioned to meet their needs. 
While supply chain issues still occur, the main impact comes from some international suppliers which can’t be sourced 
locally but this is compensated by holding more stock for these materials. The aerospace autoclave has been delivered 
and is being commissioned and will be a welcome asset in the future. 

PPK has a 45% interest.

AMAG
AMAG developed the world’s first Safe Mobility Alert Real Time (SMART) Artificial Intelligence (AI) delivered via a 
Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) model. It enables governments to achieve Vision Zero and Safe Systems policy objectives 
leveraging the efficiencies and scalability of SaaS and offering analytics and insights horizontally.

AMAG released its third product in March 2022, SMART OPERATIONS, a world-first platform using video analytics 
and AI to detect and proactively manage risk amongst road users via real time alerts. The company is focused on 
generating enterprise solution sales from its comprehensive platform designed for traffic management centres.

PPK provided ongoing capital for the company during the year for the development of its software platform and 
now has an interest of 35% in AMAG. Since the year end, PPK continues to provide capital support. AMAG is running 
a capital raise for new investors to provide a broader capital base to increase its revenues from 2022 actuals of 
$0.6 million towards a breakeven cash position in the next 12 months. 

PPK has a 35% interest.

Mask Innovations - formerly Survivon
PPK invested $4.5 million in Survivon in September 2021 as a joint venture to manufacture anti-viral, antibacterial face 
masks using a new technology based on an ultra-thin / nano-scale coating of 99.95% pure copper, applied to the 
surface of the fabrics using a vapour deposition process. 

This investment has not progressed as we would have liked, with approval by the Therapeutic Goods Administration of 
the “new” masks taking months longer than expected. When combined with the reduction in mask mandates and high 
rates of local vaccinations, this resulted in a reduction of demand.

As a result, mask sales were low and Survivon incurred an operating loss of $1.9 million for the year. At year end, 
Survivon further impaired the intellectual property for the copper technology acquired and the associated equipment 
and inventories for use with this technology for $5.6 million. The total loss was $7.6 million of which PPK recognised 
$3.6 million. 

As a result of a strategic review, the shareholders agreed that Survivon would buyback PPK’s interest in Survivon 
and simultaneously PPK would purchase back the Mask Innovations (MI) mask manufacturing business that it had 
sold into Survivon initially (effectively demerging the businesses). Mask Innovations has entered into a distribution 
agreement with Survivon to receiving finished materials made using the copper technology for incorporation into its 
masks (Note 37.1.5). PPK is now evaluating the commercial opportunities for MI and will report back in its half year 
commentary.

PPK held a 47.62% interest in Survivon at year end and nil after the share buyback by Survivon after year end. After the 
purchase of MI, and a pending corporate restructure, PPK will hold a 90% interest in MI.

Demerger of the mining services business
We successfully demerged the mining business but this was not achieved by way of the anticipated trade sale. With the 
negative sentiment in the coal industry, it was difficult to find a buyer willing to offer a fair and reasonable price for the 
mining business. Investor advice was that the mining business needed scale to list on a stock exchange in the current 
investment environment. Hence, the directors determined the best decision was to give existing PPK shareholders the 
opportunity to own shares in both the technology sector and the mining business themselves. As a result, the demerger 
of the mining business via a tax-free dividend and capital return of 17.92 cents per share to existing PPK shareholders 
was a good outcome.

11

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)OPERATING RESULTS
With PPK now predominantly structured as a holding company, its revenues will continue to be realised in returns 
from its subsidiary companies or associates as dividends, managements fees or some similar arrangement. With the 
subsidiary companies and associates at various stages of generating profits, the financial results on PPK’s profit or loss 
statement as summarised in Note 4 Segment Information showing:

 – Revenue from contracts with customers of $1.647 million, being the CIB management fee of $1.620 million and 

revenue from external sales of BNNT of $0.027 million.

 – Gain on re-measurement equity interest at fair value of $11.648 million as explained in Corporate below.
 – Share of loss of associates and a joint venture of $4.039 million as explained in Associates and Joint Ventures below.
 – Other operating income of $0.254 million as identified in Note 3.2 and consisting of:

 – $0.311 million of rental income;
 – Foreign exchange gain on financial assets at FVTPL of $0.251 million being the recognition of the foreign 

exchange movement for LIS’s investment in Zeta Energy;

 – Loss on sale of financial assets at FVTPL of $0.419 million reflects the share price movement of investments held 

in ASX listed companies;

 – Gain on sale of FVTPL of $0.049 million reflects the profit from the sale of investments held in ASX listed 

companies;

 – Finance income of $0.174 million is the interest earned from PPK’s loans and from subsidiaries cash deposits;
 –

Impairment of a loan of $0.112 million is the write off of a loan made to a venture acquired in conjunction with the 
acquisition of BNNTTL.

 – Technology expenses of $9.646 million as identified in Note 4 and explained in Subsidiary Companies below.
 – Corporate expenses of $6.888 million as identified in Note 4 and explained in Corporate below.

Associates and Joint Ventures
The loss of $4.039 million from associates and joint ventures in Note 22.3 is predominantly related to the loss from 
Survivon of $3.629 million, which includes PPK’s share of an operating loss of $0.945 million for the financial year 
and $2.684 million for impairment of the intellectual property associated with the copper technology, inventories 
and equipment. As a result, subsequent to the year end, PPK made the decision to exit from direct involvement in the 
copper technology business and sold its interest in Survivon back to the company for written down book value of 
$0.864 million and purchased the mask manufacturing business for $0.864 million. 

The loss from BNNTTL of $0.234 million is for the period before it became a subsidiary. The BNNTTL results include 
the fair market value of BNNTTL’s investment in LIS of $14.000 million, however, under the accounting standards PPK is 
required to eliminate this as LIS is a subsidiary and will realise the actual movement only when the shares are sold.

The CIB loss of $0.107 million is our share of its financial results for the year after it paid a $3.600 million management 
fee to its shareholders. Hence, our return from 45% interest in CIB is actually $1.513 million for the year, a return of 30% 
on PPK’s initial investment.

The loss from AMAG of $0.069 million, after revenues of more than $0.600 million, was expected as most of its costs 
are being capitalised while it develops its software.

Corporate
Corporate results in Note 4 Segment Information show a profit of $6.291 million, which doesn’t include management 
fees of $1.887 million for subsidiaries that are eliminated on consolidation. 

The $1.620 million is our management fee from CIB.

The rental income is from the property investment which provides an annualised return of 7.0%.

The $11.648 million re-measurement of equity interest at fair value is an accounting adjustment required to recognise 
the inherent fair value of our investment in BNNTTL at the time it became a subsidiary which it can’t recognise as a joint 
venture. This transaction also creates a goodwill of $29.271 million which is recognised as an asset on the statement of 
financial position being the difference between the fair value of BNNTTL adjusted for PPK’s 51% in the identifiable net 
assets acquired as at the date of becoming a subsidiary.

12

The unrealised loss of $0.419 million was in relation to strategic holdings in ASX listed companies resulting from the share 
market movements late in the financial year. The $0.049 million is a gain from the sale of ASX listed companies. The 
interest of $0.129 million was from secured loans made in the previous year and maturing this year. The impairment loan 
of $0.112 million was in relation to a business opportunity, which was acquired as part of the BNNTTL acquisition for nil 
consideration, and which PPK loaned funds to continue to develop while it was evaluated as a commercial opportunity. 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)The $6.888 million of corporate expenses includes $5.080 million of administration expenses which is made up of 
$3.378 million of employee related costs, $0.754 million of directors’ salaries and fees, $0.231 of technology costs, 
$0.220 million of occupancy cost and $0.497 million of other costs. The other costs are self-explanatory.

Enhancements to PPK’s Corporate Support Services
PPK has increased its internal resources with the appointment of a full-time Legal Counsel and Chief Information 
Officer/Chief Risk Officer. The legal department now consists of 2 full-time lawyers who provide legal services and 
company secretarial support to the Group. The appointment of our Chief Information Officer/Chief Risk Officer, who on 
1 July 2022 was appointed as Chief Operating Officer, was made to address cyber security and other risks, and ensure 
we have a best of breed technology and risk management framework in place for the Group. While both functions have 
increased the cost of operating a corporate office, they are partially recovered from the shared support service PPK 
charges other Group entities.

The demerger of PPKMEG required the Group to find alternative business systems to meet current and future needs 
of the Group. During the year, we commenced implementing a new general ledger and HR/payroll system, which will 
support the more than 20 entities and 4 separate payroll companies that make up the Group. We also implemented 
new systems to support our legal/company secretarial, risk management functions, and invested in new cyber security 
technology controls.

Demerger of the mining services business 
The Corporate office also was responsible for the demerger of the mining equipment business. While direct costs 
attributable to the mining equipment business were charged to them during the period, PPK did not charge for finance, 
legal, secretarial, information technology and other corporate costs that previously had been incurred on behalf of the 
mining equipment business.

DIVIDENDS PAID OR DECLARED
Dividends paid or recommended for payment are as follows:

Dividends paid in the year:

2.81 cent per share special ordinary dividend, which was fully satisfied by an in specie 
distribution of shares in PPK Mining Equipment Group Limited (PPKMEG)(1) . PPK has 
received advice from its tax advisers that the special dividend should qualify as  
non-assessable non-exempt income for tax purposes for Australian residents.

Cents

$000

2.81

2,509

(1) PPK also completed a tax-free return of capital of 15.11 cents per share totalling $13,490,000. The combined effect of the above is 
that PPK shareholders (other than foreign shareholders) received 1 share in PPKMEG for every 1 share held in PPK. 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 
The review of operations is outlined in the Chairman’s Report set out on pages 2 to 4 and which forms part of 
this report.

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS
The 2022 Chairman’s Report highlighted that PPK has become a technology incubation and commercialisation 
company with its main focus on the manufacture and sale of BNNT and as an incubator for BNNT application 
companies and other innovative university sourced or externally sourced science and technologies. A detailed update 
on these initiatives is provided in the Chairman’s Report and is summarised earlier under Principal Activities.

BNNT Manufacturing Technology
As noted earlier, BNNTTL’s expansion of its manufacturing plant, the signing of a 3 year lease with two 3-year options 
for approximately 1,000m2 at Deakin’s Waurn Pond campus providing capacity for its existing production modules and, 
once commissioned, production capacity is expected to increase to around 500 kilograms per annum with > 95% purity. 
BNNTTL is now well place to meet future BNNT demand.

LIS IPO
During the year, PPK took LIS from PPK’s first BNNT application project to our first IPO listing on the ASX on 
28 September 2021. 

13

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)White Graphene Manufacturing Technology
White Graphene is an advanced nanoscale 2D material consisting of hexagonal arrays of boron and nitrogen atoms that 
can be an incredibly strong tensile reinforcement in other materials. It has some of the characteristics of BNNT but can 
be produced at a much lower cost.

During the year, WGL completed the build of a small-scale production pilot plant, which is producing about 500g of 
white graphene per day, and received encouraging test results on the first two of eight application projects. PPK now 
has another application material in its portfolio which has demonstrated that the addition of relatively small amounts of 
White Graphene can significantly improve the mechanical performance of other materials thus new products that can 
potentially be commercialised.

Enhancements to PPK’s Corporate Support Services
PPK has increased its internal resources with the appointment of a full-time Legal Counsel and Chief Information 
Officer/Chief Risk Officer, the latter assuming the role of Chief Operating Officer from 1 July 2022. The legal department 
now consists of 2.5 full-time lawyers who provide legal services and company secretarial support to the Group. The 
appointment of our Chief Information Officer/Chief Risk Officer was made to address cyber security and other risks 
and ensure we have a best of breed technology and risk management framework in place for the Group. While both 
functions have increased the cost of operating a corporate office, they are partially recovered from the shared support 
service PPK charges other Group entities.

The demerger of PPKMEG required the Group to find alternative Enterprise Resource Planning systems to meet 
current and future needs of the Group. During the year, we commenced implementing a new general ledger and HR/
payroll system which will support the more than 20 entities and 4 separate payroll companies that make up the Group. 
The systems not only provide more advanced functionality, thus improving productivity for our current corporate 
resources, but will reduce the risk of managing and reporting the more complex financial information that our new 
operating model presents. We also implemented new systems to support our legal/company secretarial and risk 
management functions.

Demerger of the Mining Equipment Segment (PPKMEG)
The demerger of the mining business was completed on 29 June 2022 with PPK shareholders receiving a total return 
of $0.1792 per share being a tax-free dividend of $0.0281 per share and a return of capital of $0.1511, which should also 
receive tax-free rollover relief. PPK also provided a $2.000 million unsecured loan to assist PPKMEG with its growth 
aspirations and a short-term loan of $0.600 million in July 2022 to assist financing of assets, which is secured against 
the inventory acquired. 

Capital Management
PPK purchased an investment property for $4.210 million and leased the property to a subsidiary of Survivon for 
$0.240 million plus ongoing costs per annum. The purchase was partially financed by a loan of $2.250 million from a 
major Australian bank. The Group has no other fixed term debt to external parties.

PPK continues to provide unsecured loans to related parties with the intent the loan funds will be recovered from the 
profits these related parties hope to generate in the future. PPK has provided an unsecured $2.000 million loan to 
PPKMEG to assist with working capital as PPKMEG was demerged from PPK.

In previous years, the Group had provided a guarantee and indemnity for a loan to PPKMEG from a major Australian 
bank. Subsequent to the year end, PPK assisted PPKMEG to refinance this facility and, as a result, the Group’s guarantee 
and indemnity was terminated.

PPK continues to provide a guarantee and indemnity of approximately $0.175 million in relation to the vehicle fleet of 
PPKMEG for the run-off of the existing fleet only.

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
The consolidated balance sheet reflects the strength of the underlying subsidiaries and is consistent with the research 
and development programs that are underway. The $53.008 million of cash is predominantly in relation to LIS due to its 
capital raise in September 2021, and once WGL completes its capital raise this month, all the subsidiaries will be  
self-funded based on their current projects and budgets. 

The increase in fixed assets from $0.530 million to $5.439 million and intangibles and goodwill from $1.622 million 
to $37.475 million reflects the growth in the underlying subsidiaries, in particular LIS and WGL as they advance their 
research and development programs and move to commercialisation over the coming year or two.

14

The Group continues to maintain a strong balance sheet as evidenced by:

 – $53.008M of cash of which PPK has $4.810M of cash; 
 – PPK has $1.620M of managements fees owing from CIB and $0.600M of secured loans from PPKMEG to be repaid 

in the next financial year;

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) – PPK will receive at least $1.278M of management fees from non-wholly owned subsidiary companies and associates 

for providing shared support services in the next financial year;

 – PPK has strategic ownership in ASX listed companies which have a market value of approximately $0.892M and 

would be available for sale, if required;

 – LIS, a subsidiary which PPK owns 290.849M shares listed on the ASX on 28 September 2021. The shares are 

escrowed until 27 September 2023 and would be available for sale, if required;

 – WGL, of which PPK owns 81.000M shares, is in the process of a capital raise at $0.50 per share. On successful 

completion of the capital raise, the value of PPK’s shares is $40.500 million and they would be available for sale, 
if required;

 – The only fixed interest debt required to be paid is $2.250M loan secured against the property investment that a 

Director estimates has a value of more than $5.500M. 

 – PPK has a loan of $2.000M with PPKMEG to be repaid within two years;
 – All subsidiaries will have sufficient funds to finance their planned research and development programs, once WGL 

completes its capital raise which is in progress;

 – Current assets have increased from $32.196M to $55.658M and working capital has increased from $31.306M to 

$52.261M;

 – Subsequent to the year end, the guarantee and indemnity provided to PPKMEG was terminated.

The Group has increased its net tangible assets per share from 72.34 cents to 81.83 cents.

MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR
PPK
On 1 July 2022, PPK appointed Anne-Marie Birkill as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company.

On 14 July 2022, PPK loaned $0.600M to PPKMEG for a period of 12 months at 8.0% interest. The loan is secured 
against inventory of mining equipment assets purchased from a competitor in the mining equipment industry.

In August 2022, PPK made an advance facility of up to $1.000 million should WGL require the funds. The facility 
remains open for a period of one year or upon WGL completing a capital raise of a minimum of $3.575M, whichever is 
earlier.

PPK has invested $0.335M in AMAG’s equity, loaned $0.125M to Survivon and $0.015M to Precious Metals.

On 2 August 2022, Survivon assigned the debt owing to PPK of $0.645M and the debt owing to the other shareholder 
of $0.083M to MI. Survivon then completed a selective share buyback from its shareholders with both shareholders 
selling 100% of its shareholding to Survivon. PPK received $0.864M for its interest in Survivon and used these funds 
to acquire 91% of the shares in MI from Survivon. The shareholders then terminated the Shareholder Agreement on the 
same date.

The summarised financial information of MI is provided below. This information is based on provisional management 
information and is before inter-company and consolidation eliminations. 

Summarised Statement of Financial Position

Assets

Cash

Inventories

Other current assets

Plant and equipment

Security deposit

Total assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions and lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

$000

16

513

42

489

60

1,120

456

26

484

638

15

MI will be consolidated from 2 August 2022, being the date of the acquisition. The acquisition accounting for the 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)business combination is provisional financial information and will be disclosed at the half year.

In August 2022, PPKMEG restructured its $4.000M finance facility from a major Australian bank and the guarantee and 
indemnity previously provided by the Group was terminated.

LIS
On 14 July 2022, LIS loaned $1.400M to PPK Mining Equipment Group (PPKMEG) for a period of 12 months at 8.0% 
interest. The loan is secured against a property in Mt Thorley, NSW which was independently valued at $2.000M.

WGL
On 21 July 2022, WGL approved a 1 for 2 bonus issue and, on completion of the bonus issue, it approved a capital 
raise of a minimum of $3.575M and a maximum of $8.575M at $0.50 per share with the issuance of between 7.150M to 
17.150M shares. 

On 3 August 2022, WGL incorporated a 100% subsidiary called WGL Plans Pty Ltd which will be the trustee for the 
WGL long term incentive plan. On 9 August 2022, WGL issued 1,000,000 WGL fully paid ordinary shares to WGL Plans 
Pty Ltd which resulted in WGL having 92.900M shares issued. On the same day it completed the 1 for 2 bonus issue 
resulting in an increase of 46.450M shares issued for a total number of shares on issue to 139.350M. At the time the 
Directors have signed off on this report, the capital raise is in progress.

In August 2022, PPK made an advance facility of up to $1.000M should WGL require the funds. The facility remains 
open for a period of one year or upon WGL completing its capital raise, whichever is earlier.

There have been no other matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial period which is not 
otherwise dealt with in this report or in the Financial Statements that has significantly affected or may significantly 
affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent 
financial years.

FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS 
The likely developments in the operations of PPK and the expected results of those operations in financial years 
subsequent to the year ended 30 June 2022 are included in the Chairman’s Report set out on pages 2 to 4 and which 
forms part of this report. 

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT
PPK remains committed to:

the effective management of environmental issues having the potential to impact on its remaining business; and

 –
 – minimising the consumption of resources utilised by its operations. 

The Group has otherwise complied with all government legislation and regulations with respect to disposal of waste and 
other materials and has not received any notices of breach of environmental laws and/or regulations. PPK’s approach to 
environmental sustainability is outlined in its Environmental Policy at www.ppkgroup.com.au.

PPK is pleased to set out its inaugural sustainability report. 

Visibility of environment, social and governance metrics is becoming of ever increasing importance to investors and 
stakeholders. PPK welcomes the opportunity to contribute to these discussions and sets out the key measurements 
against which it has assessed its performance in the 2021/2022 financial year. The Company envisages that this 
inaugural report will set the baseline against which further future improvements can be measured.

For clarity, given the extraordinary general meeting held on 31 May 2022 in respect of the proposed demerger of PPK 
Mining Equipment Group Limited, PPK Group has made the decision to exclude the mining services businesses from the 
scope of this report.

Environmental
PPK operates from one Brisbane head office with a small direct environmental footprint. The Company’s current 
environmental focus is on minimising energy consumption and non-essential business travel. 

16

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Lowering climate change and carbon emissions 
PPK is committed to continually reducing our on-premise energy consumption by: 

 – using cloud technology for our information and platform services where practical; 
 – using Microsoft Azure as our platform partner and seeking other services we can use from Microsoft. Microsoft has 

been carbon neutral since 2012 and is committed to becoming carbon negative by 2030; and

 –

leasing office space in a building with a 5-star NABERS (excellent) energy rating for energy, water, waste, and indoor 
environment and 5-star green star rating. 

The Group is committed to reducing emissions associated with our business travel by:

 – booking online meetings where practical and possible. Where travel is necessary, we combine meetings and extend 

the time away so that more can be achieved to avoid repetitive trips; and

 – providing flexibility for our employees to work from home where business needs allow. While this was originally 

initiated as part of our COVID-19 response, we have continued the practice which we consider is likely to have had 
the effect of reducing carbon emissions from employees commuting to/from the office. 

Waste management 
PPK is committed to further improving our recycling methods by: 

 –

 –
 –

recycling paper, cardboard, glass, hard plastic, aluminium and tin cans through the services provided by our 
landlord; 

recycling IT equipment and printer cartridges using recycling companies that seek to recycle responsibly; and

re-using IT equipment and parts, where possible.

Deakin University’s Waurn Ponds Campus 
The Group seeks to ensure that its important business relationships are with partners that have sustainability plans in 
place, where practical. One of PPK’s key relationships is with Deakin University, particularly the Waurn Ponds Campus 
in Geelong, Victoria where the group operates a number of its BNNT and White Graphene application projects at the 
laboratory and manufacturing facilities. 

The campus was established as a ‘living laboratory’ for sustainable development and has a number of commitments 
to be achieved by 2025 for procurement and supply, travel and transport, energy and emissions, waste management, 
water, built environment and natural environment. For example, Deakin University are working to achieve carbon 
neutrality with 100% of its electricity supply coming from renewable sources. All strategic suppliers will also need to 
meet Deakin’s sustainable procurement principles.

Social
PPK seeks to attract, employ, and retain people with a diverse background of culture, gender, experience, and intellect. 
Our business model requires people to be agile, curious and roll their sleeves up to work together to get the job done. 

Diversity, inclusion, and equality – our objective is to promote equal employment opportunities and increase female 
representation across the group, including at the board level. 

This year PPK:

 – Reviewed salary equity 
 – Female representation of > 45% of all employees

Next year PPK will:

 – Review of employee policies and values
 –

25% female representation on the board

Thriving people – our objective is to ensure people can perform to their potential and we manage the employee 
performance lifecycle 

This year PPK:

 –
 –

Integrated people risks into the risk management process and reports to board 

17

Introduced flexible working arrangements 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Next year PPK will:

Implement a HR information system to record and manage performance objectives, talent and succession planning

 –
 – Support staff ongoing development

Strengthen cyber foundations – we acknowledge the cyber threat landscape is ever changing and we have a 
responsibility to educate and protect our people, partners and data.

This year PPK:

 – Renewed focus on our cyber insurance policy 
 – External cyber penetration test and intelligence report 
 –
 – Leveraged Yammer to share cyber insights, examples, hints and tips

Implemented Mimecast for email phishing protection 

Next year PPK will:

Implement data loss prevention controls 

 – Deploy new endpoint and cloud protection solutions 
 –
 –
 – Work with key third party suppliers on how we share cyber insights and processes

Internal awareness campaign and phishing test 

Governance
The Company has structured its approach to corporate governance around the principles of ensuring effective 
contributions by the Board and its sub-committees that add value.

Risk
In late 2021, as part of an annual review of its risk management framework, PPK made the strategic decision to invest 
in building an internal risk function for the Group to categorise, manage and mitigate risks across the company and its 
investments. 

The arrival of Mr Fenton has been a critical addition to the company’s capabilities in connection with a periodic review 
and update of the risk oversight and management framework. In January 2022, the Board resolved to expand the 
existing audit committee to encompass audit and risk and an updated charter was made available on the company’s 
website. The expanded audit and risk committee held its first meeting in February 2022, with further meetings currently 
scheduled on a quarterly basis.

PPK purchased a market leading Software-as-a-Service risk platform aligned to the ISO 31000 framework. The platform 
provides a single integrated view of risk with heatmaps, control library and action tracking and our risk management 
and framework is being implemented across the Group.

The Group is currently in the process of defining and assessing the inherent and residual risk profile with a focus on 
significant business risks as the Group continues its strategic transformation with the exit of the Mining Equipment 
business and the continued focus on technology. A comprehensive account of the investment entity businesses has 
been provided in this report.

Remuneration
PPK Group retains its historical commitment to fair and responsible remuneration practices sufficient to attract, retain 
and motivate suitably qualified individuals. In January 2022, the Board resolved to establish a Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee chaired by a non-executive director (Mr McDonald) who is not the chair of the Board. 

The Remuneration and Nomination committee is empowered under its charter to bring independent judgement to 
all remuneration decisions, in particular remuneration packages, short-term incentives and long-term incentives. The 
charter is available on the company’s website.

Board refresh
The demerger of the mining services business and the resignation of Mr McNamara has provided the opportunity for 
a re-examination of the structure, skills, size and composition of the company’s Board. With input and advice from 
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, the Executive Chairman oversaw an exhaustive search of qualified 
candidates. A board skills matrix was used to assist with this process, as well as considerations of gender diversity in 
succession planning, resulting in the appointment of an experienced and highly qualified candidate. 

18

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)The Board believes that Ms Birkill will provide invaluable input into the work of the Board and its sub-committees. The 
Company used this appointment as an opportunity to review and refresh its process for onboarding and inducting new 
directors. The appointment of Ms Birkill brings the female composition of the Board to 25%, being still slightly below the 
company’s stated target of 30% pursuant to the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations. 

The Company anticipates that many of the above improvement to governance structures will be rolled out across its 
portfolio of investee companies over the coming years.

PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF COMPANY
The Company is defending a claim in the Supreme Court of NSW in relation to a dispute pertaining to the vesting 
conditions of a business acquired in 2014 with a vendor employee for the issue of a second tranche of $0.500M of 
shares plus interest and costs. As advised in the previous Annual Reports, the Company does not believe the vesting 
conditions were met and still maintains this position. The Company has incurred $0.839M this financial year to defend 
this position.

No other matter or circumstance has arisen which is not otherwise dealt with in this Annual Report that has significantly 
affected or may significantly affect the operations of the consolidated entity, the results of those operations or the state 
of the consolidated entity in subsequent years.

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED)
The Directors of PPK present the Remuneration Report for non-executive directors, executive directors and other key 
management personnel, prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the Corporations Regulations 
2001. The Directors have determined that they and the Chief Financial Officer are the key management personnel.

Remuneration Policy
The remuneration policy of the Company is designed to align directors’, executives’ and senior managers’ objectives 
and performance with shareholder and business results by providing a fixed remuneration component and offering 
specific Short Term Incentives (STIs) based on key performance indicators affecting PPK’s financial results and Long 
Term Incentives (LTIs) based on vesting conditions designed to measure enhancement of PPK’s shareholders’ value. 
The Board reviewed the existing remuneration policy and adopted amendments and updates in December 2021.

The PPK Board believes the revised remuneration policy to be appropriate and effective in its ability to attract, retain 
and motivate directors, executives and senior managers of high quality and standard to manage the affairs of the 
Group, as well as create goal congruence between directors, executives, senior managers and shareholders.

The Company sought advice from a remuneration consultant namely Denis Godfrey of Godfrey Remuneration Group 
(GRG) in September 2021 concerning the structure of a new long-term incentive plan. That plan was put to the 
shareholders of the Company at the AGM in November 2021. The advice included guidance on the advantages and 
disadvantages of certain structures, along with observations on common vesting conditions.

On 29 June 2022, the Company purchased a copy of the 2022 GRG KMP Remuneration Guide to assist the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee in the salary review cycle for key management personnel. 

The combined expenditure by the Company on this advice was $23,500 (ex GST).

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee was established on 21 December 2021 and acts as the primary safeguard 
to ensure proper governance on remuneration matters, including an absence of undue influence by members of the 
key management personnel. The General Counsel undertook certain preparatory work on the long-term incentive 
plan in connection with the AGM prior to the establishment of this committee. The Company managed this situation 
in two ways. Firstly, the General Counsel acted in consultation with a Non-Executive Director during these preliminary 
discussions with a focus on the structural information required for the upcoming AGM. Secondly, the Company deferred 
adoption of the long-term incentive plan and the resultant grant of performance rights until after the establishment of 
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, namely until March 2022. For these reasons, the Board has determined 
that the advice provided by GRG was made free from undue influence.

The policy for determining the nature and amount of remuneration for board members, executives and senior managers 
of the consolidated entity is detailed in the paragraphs which follow.

Remuneration of non-executive directors is recommended by the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and 
approved by the Board from the maximum amount available for distribution to the non-executive directors as approved 
by shareholders. Currently this amount is set at $0.800M per annum in aggregate as approved by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting on 30 November 2021. 

19

In determining the appropriate level of directors’ fees, data from surveys undertaken of other public companies similar 
in size or market section to the Company is taken into account. 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Non-executive directors are remunerated by means of cash benefits. They are not entitled to participate in performance 
based remuneration practices unless approved by shareholders. The Company will not generally use options as a means of 
remuneration for non-executive directors and will continue to remunerate those directors by means of cash benefits. PPK 
does not provide retirement benefits for its non-executive directors. Executive directors do not receive director’s fees.

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee is responsible for approving remuneration policies and packages 
applicable to executive directors, executives and senior managers of the Company. The broad remuneration policy 
is to ensure that the remuneration package properly reflects the person’s duties and responsibilities and that the 
remuneration is competitive in attracting, retaining and motivating people of high quality and standard.

A review of the compensation arrangements for executive directors, executives and managers is conducted by the 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee. The committee will seek feedback from executives on the compensation 
arrangements for managers where appropriate to do so. The committee will also seek independent advice from a third 
party remuneration consultant where the committee believes it to be necessary.

The Remuneration & Nomination Committee was established in December 2021. The committee will conduct its review 
annually between June and September based on established criteria which includes:

 –
 –
 –
 –

the individual’s performance;

reference to market data for broadly comparable positions or skill sets in similar organisations or industry;

the performance of the Group during the relevant period; and

the broad remuneration policy of the Group.

Executive directors, executives and senior managers may receive bonuses and/or fees based on the achievement of 
specific goals of the consolidated entity.

Company Performance and Shareholder Wealth for Executive and Senior Managers Remuneration
The two methods employed in achieving this aim are:

Short Term Incentives
PPK has an STI program in place which is paid as salary and superannuation above their normal contracts and aligned 
with key performance indicators (KPIs) as recommended by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and 
adopted by the board. The KPIs are developed from the strategic and operating plans and are chosen to reflect the 
core drivers of short-term performance and delivery of sustainable value to the Company, its shareholders and its 
customers. Participation in the STI is considered on an annual basis. Any STI awards are ordinarily paid in September 
or October reflecting performance in the previous financial year. Any STI awards to participants that join the company 
mid-year will be appropriately pro-rated.

Long Term Incentives (LTI)
PPK has reviewed and modified its LTI Plan consistent with the change in its business strategy and the role in which it 
performs going forward. The new plan is called the Executive Rights Plan. The Executive Rights Plan was approved by 
shareholders at the annual general meeting held in November 2021.

Executive Rights Plan
The Remuneration & Nomination Committee will, on an annual basis, make recommendations to the Board on who 
should be offered Performance Rights, the number of Performance Rights to be offered and the vesting conditions that 
should attach to each Performance Right. The Board will consider those recommendations and seek further information 
as required.

As disclosed in the 2021 notice of meeting, for this financial year only, there were two tranches issued; being a Special 
Catch-Up Grant of Performance Rights and the ordinary FY22 Performance Rights. The two tranches reflect a  
one-off situation arising out of the move from a so-called ‘cliff-edge’ structure to a ‘rolling’ structure. Thereafter, grants 
of Performance Rights will only occur once each financial year. The terms and conditions of each Performance Right are 
identical except for the Measurement Period. A summary follows:

Plan Structure

The Executive Rights Plan is managed by a Trust. The Board has appointed PPK Plans 2 
Pty Ltd as the Trustee.

Term

20

Each Right has a Term of 15 years and, if not exercised within that Term the Rights will 
lapse.

Performance Rights

Each vested Right can be exercised for one share in PPK Group Limited.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Measurement Period

The Measurement Period for the Special Catch-Up Grant is a period of 2 years ending on 
30 June 2023.

Vesting Conditions

The Measurement Period for the FY22 Performance Rights is a period of 3 years from 1 July 
2021. All future grants of Performance Rights under the Executive Rights Plan will have a 
3 year measurement period.

The nature and weighting of the vesting conditions are broadly consistent for each 
Participant but are tailored for the role that each Participant performs. The Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee will use their judgement to assess and recommend to the 
Board whether the vesting conditions have been met. As disclosed in the 2021 notice of 
meeting, the company will move from internal measurements to a blend of internal and 
external measurements.

The internal measurements used for the Special Catch-Up Grant and the FY22 Performance 
Rights grant are as follows:

Nature 

Weighting

Strategic Goals 

Operational Goals 

ESG Goals 

40%

40%

20%

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee has recommended to the Board that any 
FY23 grants of Performance Rights contain an external ‘total shareholder return’ metric and 
the Board currently expects this to be the case for all grants going forward.

Gates

No Gates have been attached to these Tranches of Rights.

Vesting and Vesting Date Rights will typically vest following the completion of the Measurement Period based on 

an assessment of the Vesting Conditions, however Rights may vest before the end of the 
Measurement Period in some limited circumstances.

Exercise Restrictions

No Exercise Restrictions have been attached to these Tranches of Rights.

Disposal Restrictions

Rights may not be disposed of at any time but they may be exercised following vesting.

No additional Restrictions have been attached to the Shares that may be acquired when 
vested Rights are exercised. Thus, the Disposal Restrictions that apply to the Shares will 
arise from the Company’s Securities Trading Policy and the insider trading provisions of the 
Corporations Act.

Exercise and  
Exercise Price 

The Exercise Price is nil (no amount needs to be paid by the Participant in order to exercise 
the Rights).

Termination of 
Employment

Vested Rights may be exercised at any time after the Vesting Date and before the end of 
their Term. In order to exercise vested Rights, a Participant must validly submit an Exercise 
Notice.

On exercise of Vested Rights, the Board will issue a Settlement Notice and ensure that 
there are a sufficient number of Shares available to satisfy the exercised Rights. The Board 
will not settle the exercised Performance Rights in cash, in whole or in part.

If a Participant’s employment with the Company ceased during FY22, the FY22 
Performance Rights would have been forfeited in the proportion that the remainder of the 
FY22 bears to the full FY22. If a Participant’s employment ceases prior to 30 June 2023, all 
Special Catch-Up rights are forfeited in full.

Remaining unvested Rights will be retained by the Participant, subject to the Malus 
and Clawback provisions, with a view to testing for possible vesting having regard to 
performance during the Measurement Period up to the date of cessation of employment. 
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee will be convened to consider any such  
off-cycle assessment of vesting conditions.

Vested Rights held following a termination of employment will be exercised pursuant to a 
Power of Attorney, if not exercised earlier, 90 days after the date on which the Participant 
holds only vested Rights which are not subject to Exercise Restrictions.

21

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Malus and Clawback

Rights may be forfeited at any time, including during and subsequent to a Participant’s 
employment with the Company, should the Malus and Clawback provisions come into play.

No Hedging

Participants must not enter into an arrangement with anyone if it would have the effect 
of limiting their exposure to risk in relation to Rights (vested or unvested) or Restricted 
Shares. This is a Corporations Act requirement.

Change of Control

If a de-listing is imminent

Vesting will automatically occur at the level derived from application of the following 
formula:

Number of 
Performance 
Rights in 
Tranche to Vest

Unvested 
Performance 
Rights in Tranche

=

% of First Year 
of Measurement 
Period Elapsed

X

X

(Share Price at Effective 
Date – Share Price at 
Measurement Period 
Commencement)

Share Price at 
Measurement Period 
Commencement

Additional vesting will occur to the extent, if any, determined by the Board and any 
remaining unvested Rights will lapse; and

Restricted Shares will cease to be subject to Specified Disposal Restrictions, and any 
CHESS holding locks will be removed if applicable, unless otherwise determined by the 
Board.

In other cases of a change of control the Rights will remain on foot, subject to possible 
modification of Vesting Conditions, for testing for vesting at the end of the Measurement 
Period.

As at 30 June 2022, the Trust for PPK Plans 2 Pty Ltd held nil shares in PPK to satisfy the 144,210 unvested performance 
rights under the Executive Rights Plan. 

Previous LTI Plan
For the previous financial year, PPK had an LTI in place which is managed as a Trust on behalf of two directors, an 
executive and senior managers of PPK. The Directors determined who were offered Performance Rights, which can 
be converted to PPK shares on a one-for-one basis subject to the PPK share price meeting set price targets and 
the executive director and employees continuing their employment to the vesting date. The LTI was approved by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 27 November 2018.

PPK can issue shares to the Trustee or fund the purchase of PPK shares, in the open market, on behalf of the Trustee. 
Once this occurs, the Trustee will hold the PPK shares on behalf of the participants until such time that the vesting 
conditions for Performance Rights are met. Once the vesting conditions are met, the participants can apply via an 
exercise notice to have the shares sold or transferred to the applicable participant.

All performance and vesting conditions were met on 1 July 2021 and all performance rights were vested.

Two directors, D McNamara and A McDonald, participated in the LTI on the same terms and conditions as the 
Executives and Senior Managers. D McNamara was offered 400,000 performance rights with 100,000 performance 
rights vesting in Tranche 1 through to Tranche 4 subject to retention of his services to meet the vesting conditions. The 
performance rights were approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 27 November 2018. 

A McDonald was offered 50,000 performance rights due to the time and services provided in connection with the 
BNNTTL acquisition and its subsequent development and advancement and this was approved by the shareholders at 
the Annual General Meeting on 26 November 2019. The performance rights vest in four equal tranches of 12,500 at the 
same dates as the existing performance rights, subject to retention of his services to meet the vesting conditions. 

All performance and vesting conditions for D McNamara and A McDonald were met on 1 July 2021 and all performance 
rights were vested. D McNamara exercised his performance rights during the year.

22

As at 30 June 2022, the Trust held 0.090M shares in PPK to satisfy the 0.090M relevant vested performance rights. The 
Directors have determined PPK will not consolidate the Trust with the entities of PPK as the Trust is for the benefit of 
the Participants and PPK does not control the Trust.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Li-S Energy Directors
R Levison and T McDonald participate in the Li-S Energy Non-Executive Director (NED) Equity Plan. Both Directors 
have sacrificed their director fees of $80,000 per annum over a three-year period and were granted 160,000 Service 
Rights per year over a three year period. The Service Rights were issued as at 1 May 2021 and will vest in three equal 
tranches on 30 April 2022, 2023 and 2024, providing the NED holds the office of NED on those dates. Each consecutive 
tranche commences annually on the vesting date of the prior tranche.

The number of Service Rights were calculated by dividing the amount of sacrificed fees by the Share price of $0.50 per Share 
being the price at which Shares were issued in the April 2021 capital raise. The fair value of these Service Rights at the 
time that they were granted have been independently valued at $0.50 each. There is no amount payable other than the 
sacrificed fees for the Service Rights. 

Each Service Right is an entitlement, upon vesting and exercise, to an ordinary fully paid Share in the Company. Service 
Rights may not be disposed of at any time except by force of law such as on death and Service Rights may not be 
exercised prior to vesting but may be exercised at any time once they have vested but must be exercised within 90 days 
of cessation of holding the office of NED and any role as an employee of the Company.

Each Service Right has a term ending 15 years after the grant date. If not exercised before the end of their term the 
Service Rights will lapse. The term will be reduced if vested Service Rights are not exercised as required following 
cessation of being a NED. If a NED ceased to hold the office of a NED during a tranche then Service Rights for that 
tranche will vest in proportion to the time elapsed as served in the tranche. All subsequent tranches will lapse. 

Any unvested Service Rights that do not vest will lapse.

A NED must not enter into an arrangement with anyone if it would have the effect of limiting their exposure to risk in 
relation to Service Rights (vested or unvested). 

If the Board forms the view that a NED has committed an act of fraud, defalcation or gross misconduct in relation to the 
Company then all unexercised Service Rights will be forfeited.

Consequences of company performance on shareholder wealth 

Net profit (loss) after tax ($000)

Earnings per share (cents)

Full year ordinary dividends (cents) per share

Year end share price

Shareholder return (annual)

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

($2,564)

($5,479)

$8,254 

$1,800 

($1,561)

(8.0)

2.81

(6.4)

3.5

$2.04

$15.95

-86%

414%

9.8 

2.0

$3.11

13%

2.6 

1.0

(2.3)

–

$2.77

823%

$0.30

50%

The above table shows the annual returns to shareholders calculated to include the difference in percentage terms 
between the dividend yield for the year (based on the average share price during the period) and changes in the price 
at which shares in the Company are traded between the beginning and the end of the relevant financial year.

23

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Remuneration Details for the year ended 30 June 2022 for Directors’ and Key Management Personnel
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of each director and key management personnel 
(‘KMP”) of PPK Group Limited are shown in the table below:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees 
($)

Cash 
Bonus 
($) 

Non- 
Monetary
($)

Post-
employment
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion  
Payments 
($)

(1)Share 
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related 
%

Total 
($)

2022

Directors

Non-Executive

A McDonald

75,000 

Executive

R Levison

G Molloy

211,883 

240,000 

D McNamara(2)

200,000 

Total Directors

726,883 

Other KMP

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

K Hostland(3)

406,250  260,000 

Total Other

406,250  260,000 

Total KMP

1,133,133  260,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

27,500 

– 

– 

27,500 

27,500 

27,500 

55,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

75,000

– 

– 

–  239,383

–  240,000

–  200,000

–  754,383

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  275,900  969,650

–  275,900  969,650

55 

55 

–  275,900  1,724,033 

31 

(1) 

 All equity settled share-based payments for the LTI Plan fully vested on 1 July 2021. K Hostland also participates in the Executive 
Rights Plan and received 34,704 performance rights in both the Special Catch-Up Grant and the FY Performance Rights.

(2)  D McNamara also has use of a fully maintained motor vehicle.

(3) 

 The cash bonus includes a bonus from PPK of $160,000 for the 2021 financial year and $100,000 paid by WGL to PPK this 
financial year for his involvement in a pre-IPO process.

The above table presents the Directors and key management personnel of PPK and the amounts they have been 
remunerated in respect of their management of the Group.

For clarity, the $260,000 cash bonus for K Hostland includes the $100,000 shown in the White Graphene remuneration 
table. Amounts are not included in the table above for other KMPs that are shown in the White Graphene table on the 
basis that payments to A McDonald, R Levison and G Molloy were paid directly to them by White Graphene whereas the 
payment to K Hostland was paid to PPK who then paid K Hostland.

24

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and key management personnel were also remunerated by Li-S Energy and White Graphene for the year 
ended 30 June 2022 as follows, in addition to the above table:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees 
($)

Cash 
Bonus 
($) 

Non- 
Monetary
($)

Post-
employment
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion  
Payments 
($)

(1)Share 
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related 
%

Total 
($)

– 

– 

– 

196,000 

– 

196,000 

196,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

157,122 

157,122 

157,122 

157,122 

–  314,244  314,244 

– 

– 

– 

–  196,000 

– 

– 

–  196,000 

–  314,244  510,244 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2022

Li-S ENERGY 
LIMITED

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

Other KMP

G Molloy(2)

K Hostland(3)

Total Other

Total KMP

(1) 

 Equity settled share based payments. Each tranche of the service rights granted are expensed over the vesting period from the 
date of granting to the date that the last tranche vests resulting in a proportionally larger expense recognised in the earlier years. 
Share based payments for directors are not performance related but are in lieu of salary and fees.

(2)  Remunerated through a consulting agreement on 12 June 2021 at an agreed hourly rate for work undertaken on behalf of LIS

(3)  Remunerated by PPK Group Limited

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees 
($)

Cash 
Bonus 
($) 

Non- 
Monetary
($)

Post-
employment
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion  
Payments 
($)

(1)Share 
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related 
%

Total 
($)

2022

WHITE GRAPHENE 
LIMITED

Directors

R Levison

G Molloy

20,000  100,000 

20,000  400,000 

A McDonald

20,000  100,000 

Total Directors

60,000  600,000 

Other KMP

K Hostland

Total Other

Total KMP

–  100,000 

–  100,000 

60,000  700,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  120,000 

–  420,000 

–  120,000 

–  660,000 

83 

95 

83 

–  100,000 

100 

–  100,000 

–  760,000 

(1) 

 The cash bonus was for services provided during the reporting period by each KMP working extended hours in connection with 
their involvement in a pre IPO process which fall outside their normal roles and duties. The KMPs reinvested the cash bonus 
into the capital raise in the year and the payments are included in professional fees in the statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income. The IPO was deferred due to changes in investment markets this calendar year.

Directors and key management personnel also provided services to the other subsidiary companies, the associated 
companies and the joint venture for which they were not remunerated.

25

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Details for the year ended 30 June 2021 for Directors’ and Key Management Personnel
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of each director and key management personnel 
(‘KMP”) of PPK Group Limited are shown in the table below:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees 
($)

Cash 
Bonus 
($) 

Non- 
Monetary
($)

Post-
employment
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion  
Payments 
($)

(1)Share 
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related 
%

Total 
($)

2021

Directors

Non-Executive

A McDonald

G Webb

Executive

R Levison

G Molloy

D McNamara(2)

50,000

43,333

215,000

240,000 

200,000 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total Directors

748,333

Other KMP

K Hostland(3)

325,000 150,000

Total Other

325,000 150,000

Total KMP

1,073,333 150,000

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

25,000

– 

– 

25,000

25,000

25,000

50,000

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

88,057

138,057

43,333

–

– 

–  240,000

–  240,000 

70,701

270,701

158,758

932,091

64

–

– 

– 

26

– 

56,561

556,561

37

56,561

556,561

– 

215,319 1,488,652

–

–

(1) 

 Equity settled share based payments. Performance rights granted are expensed over the performance period, which includes the 
year to which the bonus relates and the subsequent vesting period of rights. All performance rights fully vested on 1 July 2021.

(2)  D McNamara also has use of a fully maintained motor vehicle.

(3)  The cash bonus relates to the 2020 financial year.

The above table presents the Directors and key management personnel of PPK and the amounts they have been 
remunerated in respect of their management of the Group.

26

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and key management personnel were also remunerated by Li-S Energy and White Graphene for the year 
ended 30 June 2021 as follows, in addition to the above table:

2021

LI-S ENERGY 
LIMITED

R Levison

G Molloy

A McDonald

K Hostland

WHITE GRAPHENE 
LIMITED 

R Levison

G Molloy

A McDonald

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees 
($)

(5)Cash 
Bonus 
($) 

Non- 
Monetary
($)

Post-
employment
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion  
Payments 
($)

(4)Share 
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related 
%

Total 
($)

16,667  100,000

16,667  400,000 

16,667  200,000

–  100,000

50,001  800,000 

16,667 

16,667 

16,667 

50,001 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

24,444 

141,111 

– 

416,667 

24,444 

241,111 

71 

96 

83 

– 

100,000 

100 

48,888  898,889 

– 

– 

– 

– 

16,667 

16,667 

16,667 

50,001 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4) 

(5) 

 Equity settled share based payments. Service rights granted are expensed over the vesting period from the date of granting to the 
date that the last tranche vests.

 The cash bonus was for services provided by each individual for working extended hours in connection with the preparation of 
and involvement in the IPO processes and the pre-IPO capital raise, including performing market research, attending additional 
meetings, prospectus drafting and other related activities which fall outside

Performance Income as a Proportion of Total Remuneration
In FY22, K Hostland received an STI award of $160,000 for work undertaken prior to 30 June 2021 (FY21: $150,000) 
from PPK and a bonus of $100,000 from WGL in connection for his involvement in the pre-IPO process undertaken 
by WGL during the year. The WGL bonus was paid to PPK who then paid it directly to K Hostland who reinvested the 
bonus into the WGL capital raise. The PPK STI was based on an assessment of annual performance, for achieving 
targets noted below as set by the Directors for the 2022 financial year representing 92% of his targets. No other 
bonuses were paid by PPK to Key Management Personnel during the year.

Targets

Results

Performance of Technology ventures

Achieved at Board’s discretion

LIS IPO and additional responsibilities

Achieved at Board’s discretion

STI 
Allocation

Outcome

20%

80%

80%

95%

27

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employment Agreements

R Levison
A consultancy agreement is in place between the parties on the following terms:

Term: Commencing on 1 October 2013 – no fixed term.

Remuneration: Base remuneration under the agreement is $240,000 per annum.

Duties: Executive Chairman for this financial year.

Termination: The agreement may be terminated at any time by PPK Group Limited giving not less than 12 months 
written notice or by Mr Levison giving not less than 6 months written notice.

G Molloy
A consultancy agreement is in place between the parties on the following terms:

Term: Commencing on 1 July 2019 – no fixed term.

Remuneration: Base remuneration under the agreement is $240,000 per annum.

Duties: Executive Director.

Termination: The agreement may be terminated at any time by PPK Group Limited giving not less than 12 months 
written notice or by Mr Molloy giving not less than 6 months written notice.

G Molloy also has a consultancy agreement with Li-S Energy (see Note 35.1).

D McNamara
A consultancy agreement was in place between the parties on the following terms:

Term: Commencing on 1 April 2014 – no fixed term.

Remuneration: Base remuneration under the agreement is $200,000 per annum plus a fully maintained motor vehicle.

Duties: Director of Global Mining.

Termination: Mr McNamara terminated the agreement and left the employment of the Company on 9 June 2022. 

K Hostland
Employment agreement is in place between the parties on the following terms:

Term: Commenced 1 June 2016 – no fixed term.

Remuneration: Base remuneration of $450,000 per annum was changed effective 1 September 2021. He also 
participates in the STI, where he can receive a maximum bonus of 50% of his total base salary for meeting key 
performance indicators set by the Directors, and the LTI.

Duties: Chief Financial Officer

Termination: The agreement may be terminated at any time by either party giving 6 months written notice.

There are no formal employment agreements in place for A McDonald or A Birkill.

28

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D)Shareholdings and Rights

PPK Group Limited
As at the end of the financial year, the number of ordinary shares in PPK Group Limited held by directors and Key 
Management Personnel (“KMP”) during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison(1)

G Molloy(2)(3)

Share 
Balance at
Start of Year

Shares 
Transferred 
from PPK 
LTIP 

Shares 
Acquired

Shares 
Acquired

Shares
Sold

Adjust for
Director 
Ceasing in
the Year

Shares Held
at the End of 
the Reporting
Period

4,100,153 

14,468,121 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(50,000) 

50,000 

7,014,866 

(255,000) 

 – 

 – 

4,050,153 

21,277,987 

D McNamara(4)

3,043,332 

400,000 

A McDonald

409,120 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(3,443,332) 

 – 

 – 

409,120 

Total Directors

22,020,726 

400,000 

50,000 

7,014,866 

(305,000)  (3,443,332)  25,737,260 

Other KMP

K Hostland

Total Other

Total

428,692 

244,000 

428,692 

244,000 

 – 

– 

 – 

– 

(113,192) 

(113,192) 

 – 

– 

559,500 

559,500 

22,449,418 

644,000 

50,000 

7,014,866 

(418,192)  (3,443,332)  26,296,760 

(1) 

Shares sold to a family member.

(2)  Share movement of 7,014,866 was as a result of appointment as a Trustee from a Trust.

(3)  Share movement of 255,000 was as a result of retirement as a Trustee from a Trust.

(4)  Removes D McNamara share holding as he ceased to be a Director during the year.

Share 
Balance at
Start of Year

November
2020 DRP(1)

Shares 
Transferred
from PPK
LTIP(2)

Shares
Acquired(3)

Shares
Sold

Adjust for
Director 
Ceasing in
the Year

Shares Held
at the End of 
the Reporting
Period

2021

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison(4)

G Molloy(5)

D McNamara(4)

A McDonald

G Webb(6)

4,433,572 

11,581 

14,582,610 

37,035 

4,530,461 

407,924 

11,834 

1,066 

9,749,399 

25,467 

– 

– 

1,037 

130 

– 

1,167 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(345,000) 

(151,524) 

(1,500,000) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4,100,153 

14,468,121 

3,043,332 

409,120 

(9,774,866) 

– 

(1,996,524) 

(9,774,866)  22,020,726 

Total Directors

33,703,966 

86,983 

Other KMP

K Hostland

Total Other

Total

254,878 

254,878 

665 

665 

56,649 

125,000 

(8,500) 

56,649 

125,000 

(8,500) 

– 

– 

428,692 

428,692 

33,958,844 

87,648 

57,816 

125,000 

(2,005,024) 

(9,774,866)  22,449,418 

(1) 

 Shares issued @ $3.8282 per share being the price at which shares were issued to all shareholders participating in the Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan regarding the dividend paid by the Company on 20 November 2020.

(2) 

Includes shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan to PPK LTIP in error and transferred to LTIP participants.

(3)  Shares in a related party under the control of the KMP.

29

(4)  Shares sold in conjunction with the Strategic Capital Raise announced 27 November 2020.

(5)  Share movement was as a result of retirement as a Trustee from a Trust.

(6)  Removes G Webb shareholding as he ceased to be a Director during the year.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at the end of the financial year, the number of Performance Rights in PPK held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is explained and summarised below:

2022

Executive Rights Plan

Name and 
Grant Dates

Balance  
at Start  
of the Year

Granted 
During 
Year

Vested

Exercised

Forfeited

Vested Unvested

No.

No.

%

No.

No.

%

No.

Balance at  
End of Year  
Unvested

Maximum 
$ value to 
vest(3)

K Hostland

Special Catch-Up 
Grant(1)

FY22 Performance 
Rights(2)

– 

– 

– 34,704 

– 34,704 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–  34,704 

91,967 

–  34,704 

– 

(1)  The performance rights fully vest on 30 June 2023.

(2)  The performance rights will be assessed against the KPI’s by the Directors on 30 June 2024.

(3) 

 The maximum value of the Performance Rights yet to vest has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value of the 
Performance Rights that is yet to be expensed which was calculated using the number of Performance Rights that were granted.

The fair value of the rights issued was $5.30. There is no exercise price for the executive rights which will expire in 
March 2037.

2022

Executive Rights Plan

Name and 
Grant Dates

Balance  
at Start  
of the Year

Granted 
During 
Year

Vested

Exercised

Forfeited

Vested Unvested

No.

No.

%

No.

No.

%

No.

Balance at  
End of Year  
Unvested

Maximum 
$ value to 
vest(3)

D McNamara

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

A McDonald

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

K Hostland

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

100,000 

100,000 

100,000 

100,000 

12,500 

12,500 

12,500 

12,500 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

(1)  The performance rights fully vested on 1 July 2021.

30

(100,000) 

(100,000) 

(100,000) 

(100,000) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(75,000) 

(75,000) 

(75,000) 

(75,000) 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Li-S Energy Limited
As at the end of the financial year, the number of ordinary shares in LIS held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

Other KMP

G Molloy(1)

K Hostland

Total Other

Total KMP

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

Shares 
Acquired

Shares Sold

Share 
Balance at 
End of Year

2,776,917

13,632

866,961

–

3,643,878

13,632

6,440,784

504,295

6,945,079

–

24,771

24,771

10,588,957

38,403

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,790,549

866,961

3,657,510

6,440,784

529,066

6,969,850

10,627,360

(1)  Entered into a consulting agreement on 12 June 2021.

2021

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

Executive Director

G Molloy(1)

Total Executive Director

Total KMP

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

Shares Issued 
via PPK's 
In-specie 
Dividend

Shares 
Acquired

Shares Sold

Share 
Balance at 
End of Year

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,576,917

1,200,000

166,961

700,000

1,743,878

1,900,000

5,640,784

800,000

5,640,784

800,000

7,384,662

2,700,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,776,917

866,961

3,643,878

6,440,784

6,440,784

10,084,662

(1)  Resigned as a Director on 11 June 2021.

As at the end of the financial year, the number of Service Rights in LIS held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

 Balance 
at Start 
of Year(1)

Granted 
During the 
Year

Vested Exercised Forfeited

Vested & 
Unexercised

Unvested Unvested

No

%

No

No

%

No

Balance at  
End of Year  
Unvested

Maximum 
$ Value to 
Vest(2)

Directors

R Levison

480,000

– 160,000 100%

A McDonald

480,000

– 160,000 100%

Total Directors 960,000

– 320,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 160,000 320,000

– 160,000 320,000

64,251

64,251

– 320,000 640,000

128,502

(1)  There were nil vested and unexercised rights at the beginning of the year.

31

(2) 

 The maximum value of service rights to vest has been calculated as the amount of the grant date fair value of the service rights 
yet to be expensed.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
2021

 Balance 
at Start of 
Year

Granted 
During the 
Year

Vested Exercised Forfeited

Vested & 
Unexercised

Unvested

Unvested

No

%

No

No

%

No

Balance at  
End of Year  
Unvested

Maximum 
$ Value to 
Vest(1)

Directors

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

–

–

–

480,000

480,000

1,440,000

–

–

–

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 480,000 240,000

– 480,000 240,000

– 1,440,000 720,000

(1) 

 The maximum value of service rights to vest has been calculated as the amount of the grant date fair value of the service rights 
yet to be expensed.

White Graphene Limited
As at the end of the financial year, the number of ordinary shares in WGL held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Directors

R Levison

G Molloy

A McDonald

G Pullen

Total Directors

Other KMP

K Hostland

Total Other

Total

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

(1)Shares 
Acquired

Shares Sold

Shares Held 
at the End of 
the Reporting 
Period

250,000

250,000

–

–

–

1,000,000

250,000

–

250,000

1,500,000

–

–

250,000

250,000

250,000

1,750,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

500,000

1,000,000

250,000

–

1,750,000

250,000

250,000

2,000,000

(1) 

Shares were acquired at $0.40 per share as part of the capital raise process.

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES OF THE GROUP
See Note 35. There were no other transactions with directors and/or their related parties during the year.

(End of Audited Remuneration Report)

32

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS
During the financial year, meetings of directors (including committee meetings) were held. Attendances were:

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE 
MEETINGS

REMUNERATION & 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE 
MEETINGS

Number 
Eligible to 
Attend

Number 
Attended

Number 
Eligible to 
Attend

Number 
Attended

Number 
Eligible to 
Attend

Number 
Attended

13

13

13

13

13

13

12

13

–

5

–

5

–

5

–

5

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

2

R Levison

G Molloy

D McNamara

A McDonald

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
PPK’s directors and management are committed to conducting the Group’s business ethically and in accordance with 
high standards of corporate governance. A copy of PPK’s 2022 Corporate Governance Statement can be found in the 
corporate governance section of PPK’s website at www.ppkgroup.com.au.

RISK & CONTROL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
The Board has:

 –

 –

received and considered reports from management regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s management of 
its material business risks; and

received assurance from the people performing each of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
functions regarding the consolidated financial statements and the effective operation of risk management systems 
and internal controls in relation to financial reporting risks.

Material associates and joint ventures, which the company does not control, are not dealt with for the purposes of this 
statement.

AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE
The details of the composition, role and Terms of Reference of the Audit & Risk Committee(1) are available on the 
Company’s website at www.ppkgroup.com.au.

During the reporting period, the Audit & Risk Committee consisted of the following:

G Molloy (Appointed Chairman: 14 August 2017)(1) 
A McDonald (Appointed: 25 January 2018)(1)  

Executive Director
Non-Executive Independent Director

(1) 

 On 21 December 2021, Mr McDonald was appointed as the Chairman of the Committee and the responsibilities were extended to 
include risk management. Mr Molloy continued as a member until 30 June 2022, but ceased to be the Chairman.

The Company’s lead audit signing and review External Audit Partner, Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and selected 
consultants attend meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee by standing invitation. The Chief Risk Officer attends 
meetings of the Committee as a guest, unless substantive risk matters are being discussed.

REMUNERATION & NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The details of the composition, role and Terms of Reference of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee are 
available on the Company’s website at www.ppkgroup.com.au.

During the reporting period, the Remuneration & Nomination Committee consisted of the following:

R Levison (Appointed: 21 December 2021) 
A McDonald (Appointed Chairman: 21 December 2021) 

Executive Chairman
Non-Executive Independent Director

The Company’s General Counsel, Chief Financial Officer and selected consultants attend meetings of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee by standing invitation. The Chief Risk Officer attends meetings of the Committee as a 
guest, unless substantive risk matters are being discussed.

33

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
DIRECTORS’ INDEMNIFICATION
During or since the end of the financial year the company has given an indemnity or entered an agreement to 
indemnify, or paid or agreed to pay insurance premiums as follows:

Each of the Directors, the Company Secretaries and other Executive Officers of PPK have entered into a deed whereby 
the company has provided certain contractual rights of access to books and records of PPK to those Directors, the 
Company Secretaries and other Executive Officers. The company has insured all its Directors and Executive Officers. 
The contract of insurance prohibits the disclosure of the nature of the liabilities covered and amount of the premium 
paid. The Corporations Act 2001 does not require disclosure of the information in these circumstances. 

No Directors, Company Secretaries or other Executive Officers have sought leave under Section 237 of the 
Corporations Act.

AUDITOR’S INDEMNIFICATION
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young Australia, as part of 
the terms of its audit engagement agreement against claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified 
amount). No payment has been made to indemnify Ernst & Young during or since the financial year.

NON-AUDIT SERVICES
Non-audit services provided by the Group’s auditor, Ernst & Young, in the current financial period and prior financial 
year included taxation advice and other advisory services to either the Company or other entities within the Group. The 
Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence 
for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The nature and scope of each type of non-audit service provided to 
the Group means that auditor independence was not compromised.

During the year, the following fees were paid or payable for non-audit services provided by the auditor of the Group 
and its related practices:

Taxation advice and other advisory services

Total remuneration

2022
$

276,325

276,325

2021
$

247,805

247,805

AUDIT INDEPENDENCE
The lead auditor has provided the Auditor’s Independence Declaration under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) for the year ended 30 June 2022 and a copy of this declaration forms part of the Directors’ Report. 

ROUNDING OF ACCOUNTS
The amounts contained in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest $1,000 (where rounding is applicable) 
where noted ($000) under the option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/
Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191. The Company is an entity to which this legislative instrument applies.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.

Robin Levison 
Chairman 

Glenn Molloy
Executive Director

Brisbane, 29 August 2022

34

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ ReportDIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001 

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 

Auditor’s independence declaration to the directors of PPK Group Limited 

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of PPK Group Limited for the financial year ended 
30 June 2022, I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a. No contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in

relation to the audit;

b. No contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit; and

c. No non-audit services provided that contravene any applicable code of professional conduct in

relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of PPK Group Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial 
year. 

Ernst & Young 

Brad Tozer 
Partner 
29 August 2022 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

3535

PPK Group LimitedAuditor’s Independence DeclarationAUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATIONPPK Group LimitedConsolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income 
for the year ended 30 June 2022

Continuing operations

Revenue from contracts with customers

Gain on re-measurement of equity interest at fair value

Share of profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures

Other operating income (loss)

Technology expenses

Corporate expenses

PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE TAX EXPENSE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Income tax (expense) benefit 

PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX EXPENSE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Discontinuing operations

PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX EXPENSE FROM DISPOSAL GROUP

Notes

3.1

22.1.3

22.3

3.2

4.1

4.1

4.1

13

PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

PROFIT (LOSS) IS ATTRIBUTED TO:

Owners of PPK

Non-controlling interests

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Consolidated Entity

2022
$000

2021
$000

1,647

11,648

(4,039)

254

(9,646)

(6,888)

(7,024)

503

–

–

(198)

(571)

(2,243)

(3,163)

(6,175)

599

(6,521)

(5,576)

(649)

(7,170)

(742)

(6,318)

(2,564)

(4,606)

(7,170)

–

(5,479)

(839)

(6,318)

–

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE YEAR

(7,170)

(6,318)

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE YEAR IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO:

Owners of PPK Group Limited

Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (in cents)

Basic

Diluted

Earnings per share from continuing operations (in cents)

Basic

Diluted

Earnings per share from discontinued operations (in cents)

Basic

Diluted

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

36

(2,564)

(4,606)

(7,170)

(5,479)

(839)

(6,318)

(8.0)

(8.0)

(7.3)

(7.3)

(0.7)

(0.7)

(6.3)

(6.3)

(5.4)

(5.4)

(0.8)

(0.8)

11

11

11

11

11

11

PPK Group LimitedCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEConsolidated Statement of Financial Position

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Other current assets

Current Disposal Group assets

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Investment

Interest-bearing loans to related parties

Investment property

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets and goodwill

Deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Trade and other payables

Lease and other liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Provisions

Taxes provision

Disposal Group liabilities

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Deferred tax liability

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY

Contributed equity

Treasury shares

Reserves

Reserves of a disposal group held for sale

Retained earnings (accumulated losses)

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of PPK

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements.

Consolidated Entity

2022 
 $000

2021 
 $000

Notes

14

15

16

17

13

18

19

20

22

23

24

25

7

17

26

27

28

29

7

13

28

27

29

7

30.1

30.4

31

53,008

2,177

313

160

–

55,658

3,402

2,000

4,102

10,762

5,439

1,256

37,475

785

97

65,318

120,976

1,672

171

–

382

1,172

–

3,397

2,756

1,129

80

1,039

5,004

8,391

112,585

62,175

(109)

38,969

–

(19,525)

81,510

31,075

112,585

30,365

1,721

–

110

28,734

60,930

4,472

–

–

28,126

530

–

1,622

922

–

35,672

96,602

357

–

399

134

–

7,435

8,325

–

–

13

–

13

8,338

88,264

75,348

(203)

19,068

350

(17,915)

76,648

11,616

88,264

37

PPK Group Limitedas at 30 June 2022Consolidated Statement of Financial PositionCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITIONConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Consolidated Entity

2022 
 $000

2021 
 $000

Notes

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Cash receipts from customers

Cash payments to suppliers and employees

Interest received

Interest paid

Income taxes refunded (paid)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Payment for purchases of plant and equipment

Payment for purchase of investment property

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

Proceeds from sale of treasury shares

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at FVTPL

Payments for intangibles

Payments for loans advanced

Proceeds from loans repaid

Payments for investments in associates and joint ventures

Payment for acquisition of investment

Increase in cash from a change in accounting from an associate to a subsidiary

Increase in cash from demerger of disposal group held for sale

Purchase of financial assets at FVTPL

Dividend received from equity accounted investment

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from other borrowings

Proceeds from capital raisings

Repayment of other borrowings

Principal payment for lease liabilities

Transaction costs on issue of shares

Dividends paid

Dividends received for treasury shares

Payment of dividend by BNNTTL to non–controlling interests

Finance costs

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash held

Cash at the beginning of the financial year

10(d)

10(d)

42,498

38,916

(49,880)

(41,596)

197

(176)

(709)

60

(129)

–

(8,070)

(2,749)

(2,929)

(4,179)

–

3,208

950

(4,774)

–

1,569

(7,488)

–

8,672

1,164

–

298

(817)

–

446

2,025

–

(2,271)

(1,914)

273

(1,500)

(2,597)

–

–

(57)

362

(3,509)

(6,050)

2,335

35,160

–

(2,003)

(184)

–

–

(1,029)

(57)

34,222

22,643

30,365

395

38,206

(150)

(1,722)

(1,995)

(376)

7

–

–

34,365

25,566

5,344

38

Cash attributable to discontinued operations

Cash at the end of the financial year

13

6.2

–

(545)

53,008

30,365

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements 

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Consolidated Statement of Cash FlowsCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSConsolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2022

CONSOLIDATED 
ENTITY

Notes

Issued 
Capital
(Note 30)
 $000

Treasury 
Shares
(Note 30.4) 
 $000

Accumu-
lated
Losses 
 $000

Capital
Reserves
(Note 31) 
 $000

Reserve of 
Disposal 
Group Held 
for Sale 
$000

Total 
Attributable
to Owners of
PPK Group 
Ltd 
 $000

Non-
Controlling
Interests 
 $000

Total 
Equity 
 $000

At 1 July 2021

75,348

(203)

(17,915)

19,068

350

76,648

11,616 88,264

Total comprehensive 
income (loss) for the 
year

Profit (loss) for the 
year

Total comprehensive 
income (loss) for the 
year

Issue of share capital 
for Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Issue of performance 
rights

Issue of performance 
rights in a subsidiary 
company

Reserves attributable 
to non-controlling 
interests

Transaction costs for 
issue of share capital

–

–

–

331

–

–

–

31.1

31.1

32.1

32.1

30.2

(14)

–

–

–

–

Treasury shares sold

30.4

Reserves of a Disposal 
Group held for sale

13

Dividends paid by in 
specie distribution

10(d)

Dividends paid 

Return of Capital – 
Demerger

30.1

(13,490)

Issue of capital in a 
controlled entity

21.1

Change in a non-
controlling interest 
held by a controlled 
entity, net of costs

Non-controlling 
interest arising in 
BNNTTL’s business 
combination

22.1.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2,564)

–

(2,564)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

94

3,113

–

(2,509)

–

350

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(331)

600

821

(886)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16,680

–

–

3,017

–

At 30 June 2022

62,175

(109) (19,525)

38,969

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2,564)

(4,606)

(7,170)

(2,564)

(4,606)

(7,170)

–

600

821

–

–

–

–

600

821

(886)

886

–

(14)

3,207

–

(2,509)

–

–

–

–

(14)

3,207

–

(2,509)

–

(1,029)

(1,029)

(350)

(13,490)

(13,490)

–

–

–

–

16,680

18,174 34,854

3,017

191

3,208

–

5,843

5,843

81,510

31,075 112,585

39

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Consolidated Statement of Changes in EquityCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITYCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (CONT’D)

for the year ended 30 June 2021

CONSOLIDATED 
ENTITY

Notes

Issued 
Capital
(Note 30)
 $000

Treasury 
Shares
(Note 30.4) 
 $000

Accumu-
lated
Losses 
 $000

Capital
Reserves
(Note 31) 
 $000

Reserve of 
Disposal 
Group Held 
for Sale 
$000

Total 
Attributable
to Owners of
PPK Group 
Ltd 
 $000

Non-
Controlling
Interests 
 $000

Total 
Equity 
 $000

At 1 July 2020

59,500

(227)

(11,325)

4,143

–

52,091

2,102

54,193

Total comprehensive 
income (loss) for the 
year

Profit (loss) for the 
year

Total comprehensive 
income (loss) for the 
year

Issue of share capital 
on private placement

Issue of share 
capital on dividend 
reinvestment plan

Issue of share capital 
for Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Issue of performance 
rights

Transaction costs for 
issue of share capital

Shares purchased

–

–

30.2

15,400

30.2

483

31.1

31.1

784

–

30.2

(819)

Treasury shares sold

30.4

Reserves of a Disposal 
Group held for sale

13

Dividends paid by in 
specie distribution

10(d)

Dividends paid 

Issue of capital in a 
controlled entity

Change in a non-
controlling interest 
held by a controlled 
entity, net of costs

Change in a non-
controlling interest 
held by an associated 
entity

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5,479)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(57)

(5,479)

–

–

–

–

–

–

81

1,944

–

–

–

–

(784)

311

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2,202)

1,939

(853)

–

–

11,887

–

–

224

1,698

–

–

–

–

–

(5,479)

(839)

(6,318)

(5,479)

(839)

(6,318)

15,400

–

15,400

483

–

311

(819)

(57)

2,025

(263)

(853)

–

–

483

–

61

372

–

–

–

–

263

(819)

(57)

2,025

–

–

–

(853)

11,887

10,065

21,952

224

(224)

–

1,698

188

1,886

–

(350)

350

–

At 30 June 2021

75,348

(203)

(17,915)

19,068

350

76,648

11,616 88,264

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements 

40

PPK Group LimitedConsolidated Statement of Changes in EquityCONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITYNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 CORPORATE INFORMATION
The financial statements of consolidated entity, being PPK 
Group Limited and its 100% owned subsidiaries (“PPK” or 
“the Company”) and its controlled entities (“the “Group”) 
for the year ended 30 June 2022 were authorised for 
issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 
29 August 2022 and covers PPK Group Limited and its 
controlled entities as required by the Corporation Act 2001.

PPK is a for-profit company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its shares are 
publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange.

Separate financial statements for PPK Group Limited 
(“Parent Company”) as an individual entity are not 
required to be presented, however, limited financial 
information for PPK Group Limited is provided as an 
individual entity in Note 12.

With the restructuring of the Group over the past two 
years, PPK has become a technology incubation and 
commercialisation company with its main focus on the 
manufacture and sale of BNNT and as an incubator 
for BNNT application companies and other innovative 
university or externally sourced science and technologies. 

Thus, the nature of PPK’s principal activities are the 
manufacture and sale of BNNT and as an incubator 
for BNNT application companies and other innovative 
technologies.

NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES
2.1   Basis of Preparation and Statement of 

Compliance

The consolidated general purpose financial statements 
of the Group have been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, 
Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board. Compliance with Australian 
Accounting Standards results in full compliance with the 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

The financial statements have been prepared on an 
accruals basis and are based on historical costs, except 
for investments measured at fair value.

The consolidated financial statements provide 
comparative information in respect of the previous 
period. The accounting policies have been consistently 
applied to the entities of the consolidated entity unless 
otherwise stated. 

PPK is a type of company referred to in ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191 and therefore, amounts in the 
financial statements and Directors’ report have been 
rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain 
cases, to the nearest dollar.

2.2  New and revised standards that are effective 

for these financial statements

There were no first time standards and amendments 
effective for the financial period ended 30 June 2022 
that are material to the Company. The Company has 
not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or 
amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

AASB 2020-3 Amendments to AASB 3 – Reference 
to the Conceptual Framework
When the revised Conceptual Framework was issued in 
2018, its application to AASB 3 was excluded requiring 
entities to apply the definitions of an asset and liability 
(and supporting concepts) in the previous Framework. 
In some cases, the revised definitions might change 
which assets and liabilities qualify for recognition in a 
business combination. As a consequence, post-acquisition 
accounting required by other standards could lead to 
immediate derecognition or such assets or liabilities, 
causing “day 2 gains or losses” to arise, which did not 
depict economic reality.

The IASB has assessed the impact of the revised 
definitions of assets and liabilities in the Conceptual 
Framework to business combinations, concluding that 
the problem of day 2 gains or losses would be significant 
only for liabilities that an acquirer accounts for after 
acquisition by applying IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets or IFRIC 21 Levies. 
The IASB updated IFRS 3 in May 2020 for the revised 
definitions of an asset and liability and excluded the 
application of the Conceptual Framework to liabilities 
and contingent liabilities within the scope of IAS 37 or 
IFRIV 21. The AASB released the equivalent amendments 
to AASB 3 in June 2020. When the amendments are 
first adopted for the year ended 30 June 2023, the 
amendments are not expected to have a material impact 
on the financial statements.

IAS 16 Amendment to Property, Plant and 
Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use
The amendment prohibits entities from deducting from 
the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment, 
any proceeds of the sale of items produced while 
bringing that asset to location and condition necessary 
for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended 
by management. Instead, an entity recognises the 
proceeds from selling such items, and the costs of 
producing those items, in profit or loss. An entity applies 
this amendment for annual reporting periods beginning 
on or after 1 July 2022 and the amendment is applied 
retrospectively but only to items of property, plant 
and equipment that are “ready to use” from the date 
of application. When this amendment is first adopted 
for the year ended 30 June 2023, the amendment 
is not expected to have a material impact on the 
financial  statements.

41

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.2  New and revised standards that are effective 
for these financial statements (continued)
AASB 2021-2 Amendments to AASB 7, AASB 101, 
AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and AASB 
Practice Statement 2 Making Materiality Judgements – 
Disclosure of Accounting Policies
The amendments to AASB 101 Presentation of Financial 
Statements require disclosure of “material” accounting 
policy information, instead of “significant” accounting 
policies. Unlike material, significant is not defined 
in Australian Accounting Standards and leveraging 
the existing definition of material, with additional 
guidance, is expected to help preparers make more 
effective accounting policy disclosures. The guidance 
illustrates circumstances where an entity is likely to 
consider accounting policy information to be material 
and entity-specific accounting policy information is 
emphasised as being more useful than generic information 
or summaries of the requirements of Australian 
Accounting Standards. The amendments to AASB Practice 
Statement 2 supplement the amendments to AASB 101 
by illustrating how the four-step materiality process can 
identify material accounting policy information. When the 
amendment is first adopted for the year ended 30 June 
2024, the amendment is not expected to have a material 
impact on the financial statements.

AASB 2021-2 Amendments to AASB 108 – Definition 
of Accounting Estimates
An accounting policy may require items in the financial 
statements to be measured using information that is 
either directly observable or estimated. Accounting 
estimates use inputs and measurement techniques that 
require judgement and assumptions based on the latest 
available reliable information. The amendments to AASB 
108 clarify definition of an accounting estimate, making 
it easier to differentiate it from an accounting policy. The 
distinction if necessary as their treatment and disclosure 
requirements are different. Critically, a change of an 
accounting estimate is applied prospectively whereas a 
change in accounting policy is applied retrospectively.

The new definition provides that “Accounting estimates 
are monetary amounts in financial statements that are 
subject to measurement uncertainty”. The amendments 
explain that a change in an input or a measurement 
technique used to develop an accounting estimate is 
considered a change in an accounting estimate unless it 
is correcting a prior period error. When the amendments 
are first adopted for the year ended 30 June 2024, the 
amendments are not expected to have a material impact 
on the financial statements.

42

AASB 2021-5 Amendments to AAS – Deferred Tax 
related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single 
Transaction 
The amendment requires entities to account for income 
tax consequences when economic transactions take place, 
rather than when income tax payments or recoveries are 
made. Accounting for such tax consequences means 
entities need to consider the differences between tax rules 

and accounting standards. Deferred taxes representing 
amounts of income tax payable or recoverable must 
be recognised on temporary differences unless 
specifically prohibited by AASB 112. An entity applies 
this amendment for annual reporting periods beginning 
on or after 1 July 2023 and applies the amendment 
from the beginning of the earliest comparative period 
presented for all transactions occurring on or after that 
date and for deferred tax balances arising from leases and 
decommissioning, restoration and similar liabilities existing 
at that date. The cumulative effect of initial application 
is recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance 
of retained earnings or other component of equity, as 
appropriate. When the amendment is first adopted for the 
year ended 30 June 2024, the amendment is not expected 
to have a material impact on the financial statements.

AASB 2020 – Amendments to AASs – Classification 
of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
A liability is classified as current if the entity has no right 
at the end of the reporting period to defer settlement for 
at least 12 months after the reporting period. The AASB 
recently issued amendments to AASB 101 to clarify 
the requirements for classifying liabilities as current or 
non-current, specifically:

 –

the amendments specify that the conditions which 
exist at the end of the reporting period are those 
which will be used to determine if a right to defer 
settlement exists.

 – management intention or expectation does not affect 

the classification of liabilities.

 –

in cases where an instrument with a conversion 
option is classified as a liability, the transfer of equity 
instruments would constitute settlement of the 
liability for the purpose of classifying it as current or 
non-current.

A consequence of the first amendment is that a liability 
would be classified as current if its repayment conditions 
failed their test at reporting date, despite those 
conditions only becoming effective in the 12 months 
after the end of the reporting period.

The AASB has proposed further amendments:

 –

 –

 –

specifying that conditions with which an entity must 
comply after the reporting period do not affect the 
classification at the reporting date;

adding presentation and disclosure requirements 
for non-current liabilities subject to conditions in the 
next 12 months;

clarifying specific situations in which an entity does 
not have a right to defer settlement for at least 
12 months after the reporting date; and

 – deferring the effective date of the original 
amendments to no earlier than 1 July 2024.

The amendments are applied retrospectively and early 
adoption is permitted. When the amendments are first 
adopted for the year ended 30 June 2025 or earlier, the 
amendments are not expected to have a material impact 
on the financial statements.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.2  New and revised standards that are effective 
for these financial statements (continued)

AASB 2014-10 Amendments to AAS – Sale or 
Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its 
Associate or Joint Venture
The amendments address a current inconsistency 
between AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements 
and AASB 128 Investments in Associates or Joint 
Ventures. The amendments clarify that, on a sale or 
contribution of assets to a joint venture or associate 
or on loss of control or significant influence is retained 
in a transaction involving an associate or joint venture, 
any gain or loss recognised will depend on whether the 
assets or subsidiary constitutes a business, whereas 
gain or loss attributable to other investors’ interests 
is recognised when the assets or subsidiary do not 
constitute a business.

This amendment effectively introduces an exception 
to the general requirement in AASB 10 to recognise 
full gain or loss on the loss of control over a subsidiary. 
The exception only applies to the loss of control over a 
subsidiary that does not contain a business, if the loss of 
control is the result of a transaction involve an associate 
or a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity 
method. Corresponding amendments have also been 
made to AASB 128.

When the amendments are first adopted for the year 
ended 30 June 2026, the amendments are not expected 
to have a material impact on the financial statements.

2.3 Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate those of the 
Parent Company and all of the entities that the Group 
controls at 30 June each year. 

The Parent Company controls an entity if it is exposed, 
or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement 
with the entity and could affect those returns through its 
power over the entity (Note 2.24). Potential voting rights 
that are substantive, whether or not they are exercisable 
or convertible, are considered when assessing control. 
All entities have a reporting date of 30 June.

All intercompany balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profits arising from intergroup transactions 
have been eliminated on consolidation. Where unrealised 
losses on intra-group asset sales are reversed on 
consolidation, the underlying asset is also tested for 
impairment from a group perspective. 

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of entities 
acquired or disposed of during the year are recognised 
from the effective date of acquisition, or up to the 
effective date of disposal, as applicable.

Non-controlling interests, presented as part of equity, 
represent the portion of an entity’s profit or loss and net 
assets that is not held by the Group. 

The Group attributes total comprehensive income or 
loss of an entity between the owners of the parent and 
the non-controlling interests based on their respective 
ownership interests. A change in the ownership interest 
of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for 
as an equity transaction. 

2.4 Business combination
The Group applies the acquisition method in accounting 
for business combinations. The consideration transferred 
by the Group to obtain control of an entity is calculated 
as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of assets 
transferred, liabilities incurred and the equity interests 
issued by the group, which includes the fair value of any 
asset or liability arising from a contingent consideration 
arrangement. When a business combination arises 
and no consideration is paid, the fair value of the 
Group’s investment prior to acquisition is used in lieu of 
consideration paid. Acquisition costs are expensed as 
incurred.

The Group recognises identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed in a business combination regardless 
of whether they have been previously recognised in the 
acquiree’s financial statements prior to the acquisition. 
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are generally 
measured at their acquisition-date fair values unless 
otherwise required by the relevant accounting standard. 
Where there is no consideration transferred, the Group 
attributes to the owners of the acquiree the amount of 
the acquiree’s net assets recognised in accordance with 
the relevant accounting standard.

Goodwill is stated after separate recognition of 
identifiable intangible assets. It is calculated as the 
excess of the sum of: (a) fair value of consideration 
transferred, (b) the recognised amount of any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree, and (c) acquisition-
date fair value of any existing equity interest in the 
acquiree, over the acquisition-date fair values of 
identifiable net assets. If the fair values of identifiable 
net assets exceed the sum calculated above, the excess 
amount (i.e. gain on a bargain purchase) is recognised in 
profit or loss immediately.

2.5 Investment in joint venture
A joint arrangement is an arrangement of which 
two or more parties have joint control. Joint control 
is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an 
arrangement, which exists only when decisions about 
the relevant activities require the unanimous consent 
of the parties sharing control. A joint venture is a joint 
arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control 
of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the 
arrangement.

43

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.5 Investment in joint venture (continued)
The Group has a contractual arrangement whereby 
decisions about the relevant activities of the joint 
venture require the unanimous consent of the joint 
venturers that control the joint venture. A joint venture 
is accounted for in the consolidated financial statements 
as an investment and accounts for the investment using 
the equity method of accounting. Under the equity 
method the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profit 
or loss of the joint venture is recognised in consolidated 
profit or loss and the Group’s share of the post-
acquisition movements in other comprehensive income 
of the joint venture is recognised in consolidated other 
comprehensive income. However, before applying equity 
accounting, the Group adjusts for any post-acquisition 
movements attributable to investments in subsidiaries of 
the Group. The cumulative post-acquisition movements 
are adjusted against the carrying amount of the 
investment. Dividends and distributions received from 
the joint venture reduces the carrying amount of the 
investment in the consolidated financial statements.

Any goodwill or fair value adjustment attributable to 
the Group’s share in the joint venture is not recognised 
separately and is included in the amount recognised as 
an investment.

When the Group’s share of post-acquisition losses in 
a joint venture exceeds its interest in the joint venture 
(including any unsecured receivables), the Group does 
not recognise further losses unless it has obligations to, 
or has made payments, on behalf of the joint venture.

2.6 Investments in associates
Associates are entities over which the Group has 
significant influence but not control. Associates are 
accounted for in the consolidated financial statements 
using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity 
method the Group’s share of the post-acquisition profit 
or loss of the associates is recognised in consolidated 
profit or loss and the Group’s share of the post-
acquisition movements in other comprehensive income 
of associates is recognised in consolidated other 
comprehensive income. The cumulative post-acquisition 
movements are adjusted against the carrying amount 
of the investment. Dividends and distributions received 
from associates reduce the carrying amount of the 
investment in the consolidated financial statements.

Any goodwill or fair value adjustment attributable to 
the Group’s share in the associate is not recognised 
separately and is included in the amount recognised as 
investment. When the Group’s share of post-acquisition 
losses in an associate exceeds its interest in the associate 
(including any unsecured receivables), the Group does 
not recognise further losses unless it has obligations to, 
or has made payments, on behalf of the associate.

44

2.7 Foreign currency translation
The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
Australian Dollars ($AUD), which is also the functional 
currency of the Parent Company and all subsidiaries, 
associates and joint ventures.

Foreign currency transactions during the period are 
converted to Australian currency at rates of exchange 
applicable at the dates of the transactions (spot 
exchange rate). Foreign exchange gains and losses, 
whether realised or unrealised, resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions, amounts receivable and 
payable in foreign currency at the reporting date, and 
from the re-measurement of monetary items at year end 
exchange rates are recognised in profit or loss.

Non-monetary items are not retranslated at year end 
and are measured at historical cost (translated using the 
exchange rate at the date of the transaction), except for 
non-monetary items measured at fair value which are 
translated using the exchange rates at the date when fair 
value was determined.

2.8 Revenue and revenue recognition
To determine whether to recognise revenue, the 
Company follows a 5-step process:

Identify the performance obligation;

Identify the contract with a customer;

 –
 –
 – Determine the transaction price;
 – Allocate the transaction price to the performance 

obligations; and

 – Recognise revenue when/as performance obligations 

are satisfied.

Revenue is recognised, based on the transaction 
price allocated to the performance obligation, after 
consideration of the terms of the contract and customary 
business practices. The transaction price is the amount of 
the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled 
to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods 
or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected 
on behalf of third parties (ie sales taxes and duties). The 
consideration promised in a contract with a customer may 
include fixed amounts, variable amounts or both.

The following specific recognition criteria must also be 
met before revenue is recognised:

Sale of goods
Revenue arises from the sale of BNNT and is recognised 
at a point in time when they leave the manufacturing 
plant and control has passed to the buyer. Revenue is 
measured at the fair value of consideration received or 
receivable, net of returns, trade allowances and duties 
and taxes paid.

Management fees
Revenue is recognised as it accrues on a monthly 
basis for the performance of services provided under 
agreement.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.8 Revenue and revenue recognition (continued)

Interest income
Revenue is recognised as it accrues using the effective 
interest rate method. The effective interest method uses 
the effective interest rate which is the rate that exactly 
discounts the estimated future cash receipts over the 
expected life of the financial asset.

Government grants
Income from government grants is recognised at their 
fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that 
the grant will be received, and the Company will comply 
with all attached conditions. When the grant relates 
to an income item, it is recognised in the profit and 
loss when the Company will comply with all attached 
conditions. When the grant relates to an expense item, 
it is recognised in the profit and loss as other operating 
income on a systematic basis over the periods in which 
the Company recognises as expense the related costs for 
which the grants are intended to compensate. When the 
grant relates to an asset, it is presented in the statement 
of financial position by deducting the grant in arriving at 
the carrying amount of the asset.

2.9 Operating expenses
Operating expenses are recognised in the profit or loss 
upon utilisation of the services or at the date of their origin.

2.10 Share-based payments
The Group operates equity-settled share right-based 
incentive plans for its directors and employees. None 
of the Group’s plans feature any share rights for a cash 
settlement.

All goods and services received in exchange for the 
grant of any share-based payment are measured at their 
fair values. Where directors and employees are rewarded 
using share right-based payments, the cost of directors’ 
and employees’ services is determined by the fair value 
at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate 
valuation model and revalued when modified. Market 
performance conditions and service conditions are 
reflected within the grant date fair value.

All share-based remuneration is ultimately recognised 
in employee benefits expense with a corresponding 
credit to share rights reserve. If vesting periods or other 
vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over 
the vesting period, based on best available estimate of 
the number of share rights expected to vest.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in 
assumptions about the number of share rights that 
are expected to become exercisable. Estimates are 
subsequently revised if there is any indication that 
the number of share rights expected to vest differs 
from previous estimates. Any cumulative adjustment 
prior to vesting is recognised in the current period. No 
adjustment is made to any expense recognised in prior 
periods if share rights ultimately exercised are different 
to that estimated on vesting.

When the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, 
the minimum expense recognised is the grant date fair 
value of the unmodified award, provided the original 
vesting terms of the award are met. An additional 
expense, measured as at the date of modification, is 
recognised for any modification that increases the total 
fair value of the share-based payment transaction, 
or is otherwise beneficial to the employee. Where an 
award is cancelled by the entity or by the counterparty, 
any remaining element of the fair value of the award is 
expensed immediately through profit or loss.

2.11 Finance costs
All borrowing costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying 
asset are capitalised during the period that is necessary 
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use 
or sale. Other finance and borrowing costs are expensed 
in the period in which they are incurred and reported in 
finance costs.

2.12 Cash
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash 
includes cash on hand, and at call deposits with banks 
or financial institutions that have a maturity of no more 
than three months, net of bank overdrafts as they 
are considered an integral part of the Group’s cash 
management.

2.13 Trade receivables and other receivables
The Group recognises an allowance for expected 
credit losses (ECLs) for all debt instruments not held 
at fair value through the profit or loss. ECLs are based 
on the difference between the contractual cash flows 
due in accordance with the contract and all cash flows 
that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an 
approximation of the original effective interest rate.

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group 
applies a simplified approach to calculating ECLs. The 
Group recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime 
ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established 
a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit 
loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors 
specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

2.14 Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings are brought to account at cost less, 
where applicable, any accumulated depreciation. After 
initial recognition, land and buildings are measured at 
fair value at the date of revaluation less any subsequent 
accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated 
impairment losses.

Plant and equipment are brought to account at cost 
less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation 
or amortisation and impairment. The cost of fixed 
assets constructed within the Group includes the cost 
of materials used in construction, direct labour and an 
appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads.

45

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.14 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
The depreciable amount of all fixed assets, including 
buildings and capitalised leased assets but excluding 
freehold land, is depreciated over their useful lives to the 
consolidated entity commencing from the time the asset is 
held ready for use. Leasehold improvements are amortised 
over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease 
or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

The gain or loss on disposal of all fixed assets is determined 
as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset 
at the time of disposal and the proceeds of disposal, and is 
included in the profit before income tax of the consolidated 
entity in the year of disposal.

Class of Fixed Asset

Depreciation Rate

Leasehold Improvements

Straight Line over the term 
of the lease

Plant & Equipment

Building

2.15 Intangible assets

10-50 %

4%

Research and Development
Research is recognised as an expense as incurred. Costs 
incurred on development (relating to the design and 
testing of new or improved products) are recognised as 
intangible assets when it is probable that the project will, 
after considering its commercial and technical feasibility, 
be completed and generate future economic benefits 
and its costs can be measured reliably. The expenditure 
capitalised comprises all directly attributable costs, 
including costs of materials, services, direct labour 
and an appropriate proportion of overheads. Other 
development expenditures that do not meet these criteria 
are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development 
costs previously recognised as an expense are not 
recognised as an asset in a subsequent period. Capitalised 
development costs are recorded as intangible assets at 
cost less any accumulated amortisation and impairment 
losses and amortised over the period of expected 
future sales from the related projects which vary from 
5 - 7 years. The carrying value of development costs is 
tested annually for impairment when the asset is not yet 
ready for use, or when events or circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value may be impaired.

Intellectual Property
Intellectual Property is recognised when it is probable 
that it will generate future economic benefits and its 
costs can be measured reliably. Intellectual Property has 
a finite useful life and is carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and impairment losses. The asset is tested 
annually for impairment, or more frequently if events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value may be impaired.

For intellectual property in BNNTTL, amortisation is 
calculated on a straight line basis over the number of 
years of its expected benefit being the expiration of the 
exclusive global licence over the BNNT manufacturing 
technology on 31 May 2038.

2.16 Financial instruments

Initial recognition and measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to 
a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or 
equity instrument of another entity.

The Group’s investments are at fair value through profit 
and loss.

i) Financial assets
Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, fair value 
through other comprehensive income (OCI), and fair value 
through profit or loss.

Financial assets are classified according to the 
characteristics of their contractual cash flow and the 
Group’s business model for managing them. Except for 
those trade receivables that do not contain a significant 
financing component or for which the Group has applied 
the practical expedient, the Group initially measures 
a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a 
financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, 
transaction costs. Trade receivables that do contain a 
significant financing component for which the Group 
has applied the practical expedient are measured at the 
transaction price as disclosed in Note 2.13.

In order for a financial asset to be classified and 
measured at amortised cost or fair value through OCI, it 
needs to give rise to cash flows that are “solely payments 
of principal and interest (SPPI)” on the principal amount 
outstanding. This assessment is referred to as the SPPI 
test and is performed at an instrument level. Financial 
assets with cash flows that are not SPPI are classified 
and measured at fair value through profit and loss 
(“FVTPL)”, irrespective of the business model.

The Group’s business model for managing financial 
assets refers to how it manages its financial assets 
in order to generate cash flows. The business model 
determines whether cash flows will result from collecting 
contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, 
or both. Financial assets classified and measured at 
amortised cost are held within a business model with 
the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows while financial assets classified 
and measured at fair value through OCI are held within 
a business model with the objective of holding to collect 
contractual cash flows and selling.

Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery 
of assets within a time frame established by regulation or 
convention in the market place (regular way trades) are 
recognised on the trade date (i.e. the date that the Group 
commits to purchase or sell the asset).

46

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.16 Financial instruments (continued)

Subsequent measurement
For purposes of subsequent measurement, financial 
assets are classified in four categories:

 – Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
 – Financial assets at fair value through OCI with 
recycling of cumulative gains and losses (debt 
instruments)

 – Financial assets designated at fair value through the 
OCI with no recycling of cumulative gains or losses 
upon derecognition (equity instruments)

 – Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)
Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently 
measured using the effective interest (EIR) method and 
are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised 
in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised. The 
Group’s financial assets at amortised cost includes trade 
receivables.

Financial assets fair value through OCI (debt 
instruments)
For debt instruments at fair value through OCI, interest 
income, impairment losses or reversals are recognised 
in the statement of profit and loss and computed in 
the same manner as for financial assets measured at 
amortised cost. The remaining fair value changes are 
recognised in OCI. Upon derecognition the cumulative 
fair value change recognised in OCI is recycled to profit 
or loss. The Group has no debt instruments at fair value 
through OCI.

Financial assets designated at fair value through OCI 
(equity instruments)
Upon initial recognition, the Group can elect to classify 
irrevocably its equity investments as equity instruments 
designated at fair value though OCI when they meet 
the definition of equity under AASB 32 Financial 
Instruments: Presentation and are not held for trading. 
The classification is determined on an instrument-by-
instrument basis.

Gains and losses on these financial assets are never 
recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised as 
other income in the statement of profit or loss when the 
right of payment has been established, except when the 
Group benefit from such proceeds as a recovery of part 
of the cost of the financial asset, in which case, such 
gains are recorded in OCI. Equity instruments designated 
at fair value through OCI are not subject to impairment 
assessment. The Group has no equity instruments at fair 
value through OCI.

Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at FVTPL are carried in the statement 
of financial position at fair value with net changes in fair 
value recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

This category includes derivative instruments, listed and 
unlisted equity investments which the Group had not 
irrevocably elected to classify at fair value through OCI. 
Dividends on equity investments are recognised as other 
income in the statement of profit or loss when the right 
of payment has been established.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a 
financial asset or part of a group similar financial assets) 
is primarily derecognised (i.e. removed from the Group’s 
consolidated statement of financial position) when:

 – The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have 

expired; or

 – The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash 

flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation 
to pay the received cash flows in full without 
material delay to a third party under a “pass-
through” arrangement, and either (a) the Group has 
transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of 
the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred 
nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards 
of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash 
flows from an asset or has entered into a “pass-through” 
arrangement, it evaluates if, and to what extent, it has 
retained the risks and rewards of ownership. When it 
has neither transferred nor retained substantially all 
of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred 
control of the asset, the Group continues to recognise 
the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing 
involvement. In that case, the Group also recognises 
an associated liability. The transferred asset and the 
associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects 
the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a 
guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the 
lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and 
the maximum amount of consideration that the Group 
could be required to repay.

Impairment
Further disclosures relating to impairment of financial 
assets are also provided in Note 2.24.

ii) Financial liabilities
Initial measurement and recognition

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, 
as financial liabilities at FVTPL, loans and borrowings, 
payables, or as derivatives as hedging instruments in an 
effective hedge, as appropriate.

47

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.16 Financial instruments (continued)
All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value 
and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, 
net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and 
other payables, loans and borrowings including bank 
overdrafts, and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement
For the purposes of subsequent measurement, financial 
liabilities are classified in two categories:

 – Financial liabilities at FVTPL
 – Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and 

borrowings)

Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Financial liabilities at FVTPL include financial liabilities 
held for trading and financial liabilities designated up 
initial recognition as FVTPL.

Financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if 
they are incurred for the purpose of repurchasing in 
the near term. This category also includes derivative 
financial instruments entered into by the Group that are 
designated as hedging instruments in hedge relationships 
as defined by AASB 9. Separated embedded derivatives 
are also classified as held for trading unless they are 
designated as effective hedging instruments.

Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition at 
FVTPL are designated at the initial date of recognition, 
and only if the criteria in AASB 9 are satisfied.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and 
borrowings)
After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and 
borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the EIR method. Gains and losses are recognised in 
profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well 
as through the EIR amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any 
discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that 
are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortisation is 
included as finance costs in the statement of profit or loss.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation 
under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. 
When an existing financial liability is replaced by another 
from the same lender on substantially different terms, 
or the terms of an existing liability are substantially 
modified, such an exchange or modification is treated 
as the derecognition of the original liability and the 
recognition of a new liability. The difference in the 
respective carrying amounts is recognised in the 
statement of profit or loss.

48

iii) Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the 
net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of 
financial position if there is a current enforceable legal 
right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an 
intention to settle on a net basis, to realise the assets and 
settle the liabilities simultaneously.

2.17 Disposal Group held for sale
The Group classified a disposal group as held for sale 
when the carrying amounts of their assets were realised 
through a demerger of the assets by a return of capital 
to shareholders rather than through continuing use. 
A disposal group classified as held for sale is measured at 
the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs 
to demerge. Costs to demerge are the incremental costs 
directly attributable to the disposal of the asset of the 
disposal group, excluding finance and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded 
as met only when the sale is highly probable and the 
disposal group was available for immediate sale in its 
present condition.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 
were not depreciated or amortised once classified as 
held for sale.

Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale were 
presented separately as current items on the statement 
of financial position in the previous year.

The disposal group qualified as a discontinued operation 
as it was a component of an entity that has been 
classified as held for sale and represents a separate 
major line of business or geographic area of operations.

Held-for-sale assets were excluded from the results of 
continuing operations and were presented as a single 
amount as profit or loss after tax from discontinued 
operations in the statement of profit or loss.

The Disposal Group identified in the 30 June 2021 
finance year is the Mining Equipment. Additional 
disclosures are provided in Note 13. All other notes to 
the financial statements include amounts for continuing 
operations, unless indicated otherwise. The Disposal 
Group was demerged from the Group on 29 June 2022.

2.18 Trade and other payables
These amounts represent unpaid liabilities for goods 
received and services provided to the Group prior to the 
end of the financial year. The amounts are unsecured 
and are normally settled within 30 to 60 days, except for 
imported items for which 90 or 120 day payment terms 
are normally available.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.19 Borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair 
value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any 
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction 
costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in the 
profit or loss statement over the period of the loans and 
borrowings using the effective interest method. Bank 
loans are subject to set-off arrangements.

2.20 Employee benefit provisions

Salary, wages and annual leave
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-
monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be 
settled are recognised in other liabilities or provision 
for employee benefits in respect of employees’ services 
rendered up to the end of the reporting period and are 
measured at amounts expected to be paid when the 
liabilities are settled.

Long service leave
Liabilities for long service leave are recognised as part 
of the provision for employee benefits and measure as 
the present value of expected future payments to be 
made in respect of services provided by employees 
to the end of the reporting period using the projected 
unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected 
future salaries and wages levels, experience of employee 
departures and period of service. Expected future 
payments are discounted using high quality corporate 
bond rates at the end of the reporting period with 
terms to maturity that match as close as possible, the 
estimated future cash outflows.

Retirement benefit obligations
The Group contributes to defined contribution 
superannuation funds for employees. All funds are 
accumulation plans where the Group contributed various 
percentages of employee gross incomes, the majority 
of which were as determined by the superannuation 
guarantee legislation. Benefits provided are based 
on accumulated contributions and earnings for each 
employee. There is no legally enforceable obligation on 
the Group to contribute to the superannuation plans 
other than requirements under the superannuation 
guarantee legislation. Contributions are recognised as 
expenses as they become payable.

2.21 Income tax
The income tax expense for the period is the tax payable 
on the current period’s taxable income based on the 
notional income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by 
changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable 
to temporary differences between the tax base of assets 
and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial 
statements, and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets are only recognised for deductible 
temporary differences, between carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and their respective tax bases, at the tax rates expected 
to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities 
settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or 
substantially enacted for each jurisdiction. Exceptions 
are made for certain temporary differences arising on 
initial recognition of an asset or liability if they arose 
in a transaction other than a business combination 
that at the time of the transaction did not affect either 
accounting profit or taxable profit.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when 
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on 
the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets are only recognised for deductible 
temporary differences and unused tax losses if there is 
reasonable certainty that future taxable amounts will 
be available to utilise those temporary differences and 
losses. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed 
at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that 
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will 
be available to allow or part of the deferred tax asset 
to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are 
re-assessed at each reporting date and are recognised 
to the extent that it has become probable that future 
taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be 
recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised for 
temporary differences between the carrying amount and 
tax bases of investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
interests in joint ventures where the parent entity is able 
to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary 
differences and it is probable that the differences will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

Current and deferred tax balances relating to amounts 
recognised directly in other comprehensive income 
or equity are also recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income or equity.

PPK Group Limited and its wholly owned Australian 
subsidiaries have implemented the tax consolidation 
legislation and entered into a tax funding agreement 
and a tax sharing agreement for the whole of the 
financial year, where each subsidiary will compensate 
PPK Group Limited for the amount of tax payable that 
would be calculated as if the subsidiary was a tax paying 
entity. PPK Group Limited is the head entity in the tax 
consolidated group.

49

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.21 Income tax (continued)
The separate taxpayer within a group approach has 
been used to allocate current income tax expense and 
deferred tax expense to wholly-owned subsidiaries that 
form part of the tax consolidated group. PPK Group 
Limited has assumed all the current tax liabilities and the 
deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses for the 
tax consolidated group via intercompany receivables and 
payables because a tax funding arrangement has been 
in place for the whole of the financial year. The amounts 
receivable/payable under tax funding arrangements are 
due upon notification by the head entity. Interim funding 
notices may also be issued by the head entity to its 
wholly-owned subsidiaries in order for the head entity to 
be able to pay tax instalments.

2.22 Dividends
Provision is made for dividends declared, and no longer 
at the discretion of the Group, on or before the end of 
the financial year but not distributed at the end of the 
reporting period.

2.23 Leases
The Group assesses at contract inception whether a 
contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract 
conveys the right to control the use of an identifiable 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

Group as a lessee
The Group applies a single recognition and measurement 
approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and 
leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises lease 
liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets 
representing the right to use the underlying assets.

2.23.1 Right-of-use assets
In the previous year, the Group recognised right-of-use 
assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the 
date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-
use assets were measured at cost, less any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any 
remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use 
assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, 
initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made 
at or before the commencement date less any lease 
incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term 
and the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 – Buildings 
 – Plant and equipment 

2 to 9 years

2 to 4 years

If ownership of the leased asset transfer to the Group 
at the end of the lease term or the costs reflects the 
exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated 
using the estimated useful life of the asset.

50

2.23.2 Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group 
recognised lease liabilities measured at the present value 

of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. 
The lease payments included fixed payments (including 
in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives 
receivable, variable lease payments that depended on 
an index or rate, and amounts expected to be paid under 
residual lease guarantees. The lease payments also 
included the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably 
certain to be exercised by the Group and payments of 
penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects 
the Group exercising the option to terminate. Variable 
lease payments that did not depend on an index or a rate 
were recognised as expenses (unless they are incurred to 
produce inventories) in the period in which the event or 
condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, 
the Group used its incremental borrowing rate at the 
lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit 
in the lease was not readily determinable. After the 
commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities was 
increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced 
for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying 
amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a 
modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the 
lease payments (i.e. changes to future payments resulting 
from a change in an index or rate to be used to determine 
such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an 
option to purchase the underlying asset.

2.23.3  Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group applies the short-term lease recognition 
exemption to its short-term leases of buildings (i.e. those 
leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from 
the commencement date and do not contain a purchase 
option). It also applies the lease of low-value assets 
recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that 
are considered to be low value. Lease payments on short-
term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised 
as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

2.23.4 Group as lessor
Leases in which the group does not transfer substantially 
all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of 
an asset are classified as operating leases. Rental 
income arising is accounted for on a straight-line 
basis over the lease terms and is included in revenue 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss due 
to its operating nature. Initial direct costs incurred 
in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are 
added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and 
recognised over the lease term on the same basis as 
rental income. Variable lease payments are recognised 
as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

When assets are leased out under finance leases, the 
present value of the lease payments is recognised as a 
lease receivable. Any difference between the present 
value of the lease receivable and the asset derecognised 
is recorded in the profit and loss. Interest income is 
recognised as the discount unwinds.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.24  Significant accounting judgements, estimates 

and assumptions

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, 
and the accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure 
of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these 
assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that 
require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of 
assets or liabilities in future periods.

Significant Management Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies, management has made the following 
judgements, which have the most significant effect on 
the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial 
statements.

Determining Control of an Entity
Management has used significant judgement to 
determine the power the Group has over the entities, 
the exposure or rights, to variable returns from its 
involvement with the entities and the ability to use its 
power over the entities to affect the amount of the 
returns from those entities to determine whether the 
Group controls the entity. In assessing its power over the 
entities, management considers:

 –

 –

 –

the direct and indirect interest the Group holds in 
each entity;

the relationship the Group has with Deakin, the 
research and development provider and other large 
shareholder of each entity;

and the relationship the Group has with BNNTTL, 
51.02% owned by the Group and 28.57% owned by 
Deakin, which is the supplier of BNNT to the entity, and 
whether there is a long term supply agreement in place.

The Group considers that it is contracted to provide 
both funding and commercialising the development of 
the BNNT application projects each entity undertakes, 
it provides key management personnel, critical services, 
technology, supplies and raw materials thus it is 
responsible for affecting the outcomes and economic 
returns of the entity.

Determining the lease term of contracts with renewal 
and termination options – Group as lessee
In the previous year, the Group determined the lease 
term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together 
with any periods covered by an option to extend the 
lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any 
periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it 
is reasonably certain not be exercised.

The Group has the option, under the property leases 
with BNNTTL, to lease the properties for two additional 
terms of three years each. The Group applies judgement 
in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to exercise 

the option to renew. That is, it considers all the relevant 
factors that create an economic incentive for it to 
exercise the renewal and reassesses the lease term if 
there is a significant event or change in circumstances 
that is within its control and affects its ability to exercise 
(or not to exercise) the option to renew (i.e. change 
in business strategy). The Group did include the two 
renewal periods as part of the lease term.

Capitalisation of impairment of intangibles – 
development costs
The Group capitalises costs for product development 
projects. Initial capitalisation of costs is based on 
Management’s judgement, after making inquiries from 
engineers, scientists and other qualified professionals 
that technological and economic feasibility is confirmed. 
In determining the amounts to be capitalised, 
Management makes assumptions regarding the 
expected future cash generation of the project, discount 
rates to be applied and expected period of benefits. 

This includes significant investment in the development 
of new manufacturing processes to fully automate the 
BNNT continuous production. Further investment is 
incurred in BNNT application projects to undertake 
the research and development of new and existing 
technologies and products where BNNT can be used to 
create and/or improve these technologies and products. 

Intangible assets not yet ready for use require an annual 
impairment test. Management has used significant 
judgement to determine there was no impairment that 
occurred after the initial recognition of the intangible 
asset. Management made this assessment using either:

estimated future cash flows from the investment; or 

 –
 – Using a market capitalisation to determine the implied 
value of the company and its assets was well in excess 
of the carrying value of the intangible assets.

Based on the information available to support the 
estimates made, Management concluded there was no 
impairment charge of the intangibles at the reporting 
date (2021: nil);

Impairment of non-current assets
Management has used significant judgement to evaluate 
conditions specific to the Group that indicate individual 
assets may be impaired in relation to property, plant 
and equipment. Based on the information available 
to Management, there were no such indicators at the 
reporting date.

Investment in a joint venture
Management has used significant judgement to 
determine there was no objective evidence of 
impairment, as a result of one or more events that 
occurred after the recognition of the investment on the 
30 June 2022, which might impact on the estimated 
future cash flows from the investment. Based on the 
information available to Management, there was no 
impairment indicators for the investments in a joint 
venture at the reporting date (see Note 22.1).

51

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

2.24  Significant accounting judgements, estimates 

and assumptions (continued)

Investment in equity instruments
Management has used significant judgement to 
determine the fair value of the investment in Zeta Energy 
LLC which LIS has made an investment in (see Notes 18 
and 21.1).

Recognition of goodwill and subsequent assessment 
for impairment
Management has used significant judgement to identify 
and determine the fair value of the assets and liabilities 
acquired when PPK gained control of BNNTTL and 
accounted for the change as a business combination 
Note (22.1.3).

Management has used significant judgement to evaluate 
the conditions specific to the Group that goodwill may 
be impaired. Based on the information available to 
Management, no impairment expense was required to be 
recorded at the reporting date.

Share-based payments
Estimating fair value for share-based payment 
transactions requires determination of the most 
appropriate valuation model, which depends on the 
terms and conditions of the grant. 

PPK has a new long term incentive plan called the 
Executive Rights Plan which is managed by a Trust 
on behalf of executives and senior managers who are 
offered Performance Rights which can be converted to 
PPK shares on a one-for-one basis subject to meeting 
the vesting conditions. There were two tranches issued 
during the financial year; Special Catch-Up Grant and 
FY22 Performance Rights.

Management has reviewed the terms and conditions of 
each tranche to determine the value of each Right, the 
service period for which each Right pertained to, the 
vesting period for each Rights and the period for which 
the Rights are expensed (Note 5.1).

Tax Losses Carried Forward
Tax losses can be carried forward and deducted from 
assessable income in later income years provided the 
Group meets either the continuity of ownership test 
or the business continuity test. Management uses 
significant judgement to determine that the tax losses 
can be carried forward.

52

Deferred Tax Asset
Deferred tax asset is only recognised to the extent that 
there is reasonable certainty of realising future taxable 
amounts sufficient to recover the carrying value. Due 
to carry forward tax losses and an expectation that the 
current challenging industry conditions would continue 
in the short term, the Directors assessed that deferred 
tax assets would only be recognised to the extent of, and 
offset against, available deferred tax liabilities.

2.25 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the 
profit attributable to owners of PPK, by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during 
the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in 
ordinary shares during the year.

Diluted earnings per share 
Earnings used to calculate diluted earnings per share 
are calculated by adjusting the basic earnings by the 
after-tax effect of dividends and interest associated with 
dilutive potential ordinary shares. The weighted average 
number of shares used is adjusted for the weighted 
average number of shares assumed to have been issued 
for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

2.26 GST
Revenues and expenses are recognised net of GST 
except where GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in 
which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of 
acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item. 

Receivables and payables are stated with the amount 
of GST included. The net amount of GST recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included 
as part of receivables or payables in the balance sheet. 
Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on 
a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows 
arising from investing and financing activities, which is 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority 
are classified as operating cash flows. Commitments and 
contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

2.27 Investment properties
Investment properties are initially measured at cost 
including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial 
measurement, investment properties are carried at cost, 
less depreciation and any impairment losses. Subsequent 
costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or 
recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only 
when it is probably that future economic benefit 
associated with the item will flow to the Group. 
Depreciation on investment properties is calculated on 
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the 
asset of 25 years. Land is not depreciated.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed 
and adjusted, if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.

Gains and losses on disposals are calculated as the 
difference between the net disposal proceeds and 
the asset’s carrying amount and are included in the 
statement of profit or loss in the year that the item is 
derecognised.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 2  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
2.28 Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates continuity of normal 
business activities and the realisation of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. 

On 29 August 2022, being the date of approval of the financial report, the Directors believe it is appropriate to prepare 
the financial report on a going concern basis. In making this assessment the Directors have identified and considered:

 – $53.008M of cash of which PPK has $4.810M of cash; 
 – PPK has $1.620M of managements fees owing from CIB and $0.600M of secured loans from PPKMEG to be repaid 

in the next financial year;

 – PPK will receive at least $1.278M of management fees from subsidiary companies and associates for providing 

shared support services in the next financial year;

 – PPK has strategic ownership in ASX listed companies which have a market value of approximately $0.892M and 

would be available for sale, if required;

 – LIS, a subsidiary which PPK owns 290.849M shares listed on the ASX on 28 September 2021. The shares are 

escrowed until 27 September 2023 and would be available for sale, if required;

 – WGL, of which PPK owns 81.000M shares, is in the process of a capital raise at $0.50 per share. On successful 

completion of the capital raise, the value of PPK’s shares is $40.500 million and they would be available for sale, if 
required;

 – The only fixed interest debt required to be paid is $2.250M loan secured against the property investment that has 

an estimated value of more than $5.500M. 

 – PPK has a loan of $2.000M with PPKMEG to be repaid within two years;
 – All subsidiaries will have sufficient funds to finance their planned research and development programs, once WGL 

completes its capital raise which is in progress;

 – Current assets have increased from $32.196M to $55.658M and working capital has increased from $31.306M to 

$52.261M;

 – Subsequent to the year end, the guarantee and indemnity provided to PPKMEG was terminated.
 – The loss of cashflow from the listing or sale of the Disposal Group will not impact the Group’s going concern for the 

reasons noted above.

The Group has increased its net tangible asset per share from 72.34 cents to 81.83 cents.

NOTE 3 REVENUE AND OTHER OPERATING INCOME
3.1 Revenue from contracts with customers

Disaggregated revenue information
Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from the operating segments and other income as disclosed 
in Note 4 from contracts with customers:

Segments

Type of goods or services

Sale of goods

Rendering of services

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Timing of revenue recognition

Goods transferred at a point in time

Services rendered over time

Total revenue from contracts with customers

Geographic location of Customers
In the 2022 financial year, the operating segments operate only in Australia.

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022
 $000

2021
 $000

27

1,620

1,647

27

1,620

1,647

–

–

–

–

–

–

53

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 3 REVENUE AND OTHER OPERATING INCOME (continued)
3.1 Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)
Customer Concentration
In the 2022 financial year, segment revenues were earned from subsidiary companies and eliminated on consolidation 
or from an associate or a joint venture and recognised in the rendering of services category of revenue. Hence, 
customer concentration was predominantly from related parties.

3.2 Other Operating Income (Loss)

Rental income

Foreign exchange gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTPL

Gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTPL

Gain (loss) on sale of financial assets at FVTPL

Finance income

Impairment of a loan

Grant income

Notes

4.1

6.1

6.1

Consolidated Entity

2022
 $000

311

251

(419)

49

174

(112)

–

254

2021
 $000

44

(289)

(383)

–

55

–

2

(571)

NOTE 4 SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group applies AASB 8 Operating Segments whereby segment information is presented using a “management 
approach” i.e. segment information is provided on the same basis as information used for internal reporting purposes 
by the chief operating decision makers.

Operating segments have been determined on the basis of reports reviewed by the Directors. The Directors are 
considered to be the chief operating decision makers of the Group. 

With the restructuring of the Group over the past two years, PPK has become a technology incubation and 
commercialisation company with its main focus on the manufacture and sale of BNNT and as an incubator for BNNT 
application companies and other innovative university or externally sourced science and technologies. As these 
companies mature into commercial operations, independent board and management are appointed to manage these 
companies on behalf of the various shareholders.

These companies are differentiated by the amount of involvement PPK has with their operations. As either the 
major shareholder or having responsibilities to commercialise the technologies, PPK maintains an active role in the 
management of these companies through the appointment of directors and other key management personnel. 
As a result, the reportable segments for 30 June 2022 are as follows:

PPK deems that it controls these companies and accounts for them as subsidiary companies and includes:

 – BNNT Technology Limited 
 – Li-S Energy Limited
 – White Graphene Limited
 – BNNT Precious Metals Limited
 – Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd
 – 3D Dental Technology Pty Ltd

For those companies which PPK does not control the operations of the business and is reliant on the management to 
operate the business, PPK equity accounts these entities and they includes:

54

 – Advanced Mobility Analytics Group Pty Ltd
 – Craig International Ballistics Pty Ltd
 – Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd
 – Survivon Pty Ltd

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 4 SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
4.1 Year ended 30 June 2022

Reportable Segments

Revenue from contracts with customers(2)

Rental income

Gain on re-measurement of equity interest at fair 
value

Foreign exchange gain (loss) on financial assets 
at FVTPL

Gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTPL

Gain (loss) on sale of financial assets at FVTPL

Finance income

Impairment of a loan

Share of profit (loss) of an associate and a joint 
venture

Total revenue and other income

Segment expenses include

Administration expenses

Share based payment expense

Costs to defend a dispute of a business 
acquisition

Short term leases

Interest expense

Depreciation and amortisation

Total expenses

Segment profit (loss)

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total net assets

Technology

Subsidiary 
Companies 
$000

Associates 
and Joint 
Ventures
$000

Notes

3.1

3.2

(1)Corporate
$000

1,620

264

Total 
$000

1,647

311

11,648

11,648

–

(419)

49

129

(112)

251

(419)

49

174

(112)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,039)

(4,039)

–

(4,039)

13,179

9,510

27

47

–

251

–

–

45

–

–

370

21.4.1

5.3

(7,884)

(821)

–

(70)

(36)

(835)

(9,646)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5,080)

(12,964)

(600)

(1,421)

(839)

(220)

(43)

(106)

(839)

(290)

(79)

(941)

(6,888)

(16,534)

(9,276)

(4,039)

6,291

(7,024)

48,118

49,190

97,308

1,875

7,522

9,397

87,911

–

10,762

10,762

7,540

5,366

55,658

65,318

12,906

120,976

–

–

–

338

(3)(1,344)

(1,006)

2,213

6,178

8,391

10,762

13,912

112,585

(1) 

 Does not include $1.887M in management fees charged by the corporate office to provide shared support services to the 
subsidiary companies, eliminated on consolidation.

(2)  Does not include $0.119M of intercompany sales in subsidiary companies, eliminated on consolidation

(3) 

Includes adjustments eliminating interest in related party transactions.

55

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)Technology

Subsidiary 
Companies
$000

Notes

Associates 
and Joint 
Ventures
$000

Corporate
$000

NOTE 4 SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
4.2 Year ended 30 June 2021

Reportable Segments (Restated)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Rental income

Foreign exchange gain (loss) on financial assets 
at FVTPL

Gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTPL

Finance income

Grant income

Share of profit (loss) of an associate and a joint 
venture

Total revenue and other income

Segment expenses include

Administration expenses

Share based payment expense

Costs to defend a dispute of a business 
acquisition

Short term leases

Interest expense

Depreciation and amortisation

Total expenses

Segment profit (loss) 

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total net assets

3.1

3.2

3.2

3.2

–

44

(289)

–

55

2

–

(188)

21.4.1

5.3

(2,050)

(127)

–

–

–

(66)

(2,243)

(2,431)

20,337

25,521

45,858

470

–

470

45,388

Total 
$000

–

44

(289)

(383)

55

2

(198)

(769)

–

–

–

(383)

–

–

–

(383)

(2,444)

(4,494)

(139)

(266)

(361)

(219)

–

–

(361)

(219)

–

(66)

(3,163)

(5,406)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(198)

(198)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(198)

(3,546)

(6,175)

–

(1)–

–

–

–

–

–

11,849

7,353

19,202

420

13

433

32,186

32,874

65,060

890

13

903

18,769

64,157

The presentation for the previous period has been restated to conform to the current year. The above excludes 
non-current assets and liabilities held for sale.

(1)  Does not include $28.126M of PPK Investments in Associates

56

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 5 SHARE BASED PAYMENT EXPENSE 
5.1 PPK Share Based Payments
PPK has two share payment programs for employee remuneration; the Executive Rights Plan and the Long Term 
Incentive Plan.

Executive Rights Plan
For this financial year, there were two tranches issued; Special Catch-Up Grant of Performance rights and FY22 
Performance Rights. The terms and conditions of each Performance Right are identical except for the Measurement 
Period. A summary follows:

Term

Each Right has a Term of 15 years and, if not exercised within that Term the Rights will 
lapse.

Performance Rights

Each vested Right can be exercised for one share in PPK Group Limited.

Measurement Period

The Measurement Period for the Special Catch-Up Grant is a period of 2 years ending on 
30 June 2023.

The Measurement Period for the FY22 Performance Rights is a period of 3 years from 
1 July 2021.

Vesting Conditions

The nature and weighting of the vesting conditions are consistent for each Participant 
but the KPIs are tailored for the role than each Participant performs. The Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee will use their judgement to assess whether the KPIs have been met.

Nature

Strategic Goals

Operational Goals

ESG Goals

Weighting

40%

40%

20%

Special Catch-Up Grant

FY22 Performance Rights

Total

No of Rights

Share Price  Rights Value

2022 
Expense

2023 
Expense

61,913

82,298

$5.30

$5.30

$328,138

$164,069

$164,069

$436,180

$436,180

–

$600,249

$164,069

The Rights for both Tranches were granted by the Board effective on 11 March 2022, the share price was determined 
based on a 20 day VWAP being $5.30 per share and all the employees accepted the Rights on or about 10 March 2022 
being the grant date. There are no exercise prices for these rights.

The Special Catch-Up Grant Rights are expensed on a straight-line basis from 1 July 2021 to 30 June 2023 being the 
service period for each Participant.

The FY22 Performance Rights were fully expensed this financial year in line with their service period condition as they 
are in relation to the Participant’s June 2022 remuneration, although the assessment of the KPIs are determined over a 
three year period.

57

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 5 SHARE BASED PAYMENT EXPENSE (continued)
5.1 PPK Share Based Payments (continued)

LTI Plan
For the previous financial year, PPK had an LTI in place which is managed as a Trust on behalf of two directors, an 
executive and senior managers of the Group. The Directors determined who were offered Performance Rights, which 
can be converted to PPK shares on a one-for-one basis subject to the PPK share price meeting set price targets and 
the executive director and employees continuing their employment to the vesting date. The LTI was approved by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 27 November 2018.

PPK can issue shares to the Trustee or fund the purchase of PPK shares, in the open market, on behalf of the Trustee. 
Once this occurs, the Trustee will hold the PPK shares on behalf of the participants until such time that the vesting 
conditions for Performance Rights are met. Once the vesting conditions are met, the participants can apply to have the 
shares sold or transferred to the applicable participant.

All performance and vesting conditions were met on 1 July 2021 and all performance rights were vested.

Two directors, D McNamara and A McDonald, participate in the LTI on the same terms and conditions as the Executives 
and Senior Managers. D McNamara was offered 400,000 performance rights with 100,000 performance rights vesting 
in Tranche 1 through to Tranche 4 subject to retention of his services to meet the vesting conditions. The performance 
rights were approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 27 November 2018. 

A McDonald was offered 50,000 performance rights due to the time and services provided in connection with the 
BNNT acquisition and its subsequent development and advancement and this was approved by the shareholders at 
the Annual General Meeting on 26 November 2019. The performance rights vest in four equal tranches of 12,500 at the 
same dates as the existing performance rights, subject to retention of his services to meet the vesting conditions. 

All performance and vesting conditions for D McNamara and A McDonald were met on 1 July 2021 and all performance 
rights were vested.

PPK had an Exempt Employee Share Plan which offered $1,000 worth of fully paid PPK ordinary shares. In February 
2020 0.024M shares were allotted to employees for which they were restricted in selling, transferring or otherwise 
dealing with their shares for three years while they were employees of the Company. The employees were employed by 
PPK Mining Equipment Pty Ltd and the restrictions were removed with the demerger of this company on 29 June 2022.

5.2 Group Share Based Payments
Group companies also have share based payments. While the purpose and approach of each plan are consistent with 
that of PPK, the plans are tailored of the requirements of each individual entity and the directors and executives that 
participate may not be key management personnel of PPK.

5.2.1 LIS Share Payments
LIS has two share payment programs, one for non-executive directors and one for executives.

NED Equity Plan
The Non-Executive Directors were granted 2,160,000 Service Rights on 1 May 2021 under the LIS NED Equity Plan. 
Each Service Right converts to one ordinary fully paid Share in the Company. These Service Rights were granted in lieu 
of the Directors taking remuneration as directors fees for the three years ending 30 April 2024 and vest in three equal 
tranches on 30 April 2022, 2023 and 2024, providing the NED holds the office of NED on those dates. Each consecutive 
tranche commences annually on the vesting date of the prior tranche. All NEDs met the vesting requirements for 
Tranche 1.

The number of Service Rights are calculated by dividing the amount of sacrificed fees by the Share price of $0.50 per 
Share being the price at which Shares were issued in the April 2021 capital raise. The fair value of these Service Rights 
at the time that they were granted have been independently valued at $0.50 each. A total expected expense should all 
Service Rights vest of $1,080,000 will be recorded in the profit and loss over the forward 3-year period post grant, in 
accordance with their vesting profile. 

58

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 5 SHARE BASED PAYMENT EXPENSE (continued)
5.2 Group Share Based Payments (continued)

Executive Rights Plan
On 12 November 2020, the CEO of LIS was granted 1,000,000 Service Rights which vest in four equal tranches on 30 
April 2022, 2023, 2024 and 2025, subject to continuity of his engagement during the Measurement Periods. The Service 
Rights at the time that they were granted have been independently valued at $0.065 each and have a nil exercise price. 
A total expected expense should all Service Rights vest of $65,000 will be recorded in the profit and loss over the 
forward four year period post grant, in accordance with their vesting profile. Each consecutive tranche commences 
annually on the vesting date of the prior tranche and, if the CEO ceases his employment during a tranche, then Service 
Rights for that tranche will vest in proportion to the time elapsed as served in the tranche and all subsequent tranches 
will lapse. The vesting requirements for Tranche 1 were met.

On 15 June 2022, the CTO of LIS was granted 200,000 Service Rights which vest on 30 June 2022 providing he 
continued to be employed up to and including that date. The Service Rights were valued at $0.425 each, being the 
closing share price at the date of the grant and have a nil exercise price. The CTO met the vesting requirements for this 
Tranche and $65,000 has been recorded in the profit and loss for this financial year. Service Rights that have vested 
may be exercised any time after 30 June 2024. 

Each Service Right or Performance Right is an entitlement, upon vesting and exercise, to an ordinary fully paid Share in 
the Company. Any unvested Service Rights that do not vest will lapse. The fair value of the NED Service Rights and the 
CEO Service Rights was determined using a Black Scholes model. As the Service Rights are exercisable for $Nil the fair 
value of each Service Right is the difference between $Nil and the fair value of a share on the date of grant. All other 
Black Scholes variables have no impact on the valuation. The share price of 50 cents and .065 cents was determined to 
be the share price at date of issue based on approximate capital raisings completed to the grant date.

5.3 Share Based Payments

Subsidiary Companies

PPK Parent Company

Disposal Group

Notes

4.1

4.1, 5.1

13

Consolidated Entity 

2022 
$000

821

600

–

1,421

2021 
$000

127

139

152

418

59

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 6 CASH FLOW INFORMATION

6.1  Reconciliation of profit (loss) after income tax to the cash 

provided by operating activities

Profit (loss) after income tax from continuing operations 

Profit (loss) after income tax from discontinued operations

Profit (loss) after tax

Cash flows in operating activities but not attributable to operating result:

Non-cash flows in operating profit:

Income tax benefit

Unrealised foreign exchange (gain) loss

Unrealised (gain) loss on financial assets at FVTPL

Realised (gain) loss on sale of financial assets at FVTPL

Amortisation

Depreciation

Impairment of a loan

Share of profit of associates and a joint venture, after tax

Share based payments expense

Gain on re-measurement of equity interest at fair value

Accounting loss on demerger of disposal group held for sale

Loss (gain) on sale of plant & equipment

Loss (profit) on impairment of inventories

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables

Decrease (increase) in prepayments

Decrease (increase) in inventories

(Decrease) increase in provisions

(Decrease) increase in trade creditors and accruals

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

6.2 Reconciliation of Cash

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash includes:

Cash on hand

Call deposits with financial institutions

Consolidated Entity 

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

(6,521)

(649)

(7,170)

(5,576)

(742)

(6,318)

7

4.1

4.1

4.1

4.1

4.1

4.1

4.1

5.3

22.1.3

13

(503)

(251)

419

(49)

835

106

112

4,039

1,421

(11,648)

4,391

–

–

(1,663)

9

697

448

737

(599)

289

383

–

121

2,354

–

198

418

–

–

89

85

1,648

(144)

(508)

112

(877)

(8,070)

(2,749)

–

53,008

53,008

1

30,364

30,365

14

60

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 7 INCOME TAX EXPENSE

(a)  The prima facie tax payable (benefit) on the profit (loss) before 
income tax is reconciled to the income tax expense as follows:

Profit (loss) before tax – Continuing Operations

Profit (loss) before tax – Disposal Group

Profit (loss) before tax

Prima facie tax payable (benefit) at 25.0% (2021: 26.0%)

(Non-assessable income) non-deductible expenses

Current year losses for which no deferred tax asset was recognised

Deferred tax assets related to equity transactions

Current year temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset or liability 
was recognised

Other

Income tax expense (benefit)

Consolidated Entity 

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

(7,024)

(649)

(7,672)

(1,918)

(7)

2,124

(346)

242

(598)

(503)

(6,175)

(742)

(6,917)

(1,798)

135

–

650

(35)

449

(599)

The applicable weighted average effective tax rates are as follows:

6.6%

8.6%

All income tax expense/(benefit) is attributable to continuing operations in 
2022 and 2021.

(b) The components of tax expense comprise:

Current tax

Deferred tax

Share of associates tax expenses

(Over) under provision in respect of prior years

Income tax expense (benefit)

(c) Recognised in the Statement of Financial Position

Deferred tax assets – tax losses

Deferred tax assets – temporary differences

Deferred tax liabilities – temporary differences

Total

1,172

(1,729)

–

54

(356)

(243)

–

–

(503)

(599)

410

624

2,536

1,719

(1,288)

(3,333)

(254)

922

61

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 7 INCOME TAX EXPENSE (continued)

(d)  Not recognised in the Statement of Financial Position

Unrecognised deferred tax assets/deferred tax liabilities

Consolidated Entity 

Notes

2022 
 $000

2021 
 $000

Tax losses 

Temporary differences

Total

Movements

Opening balance

Tax losses not recognised current year

Adjustment for change in applicable tax rate

Reversal and de-recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Temporary differences not recognised current year

Adjustment related to transfer of losses from acquisition

7,274

1,364

8,638

3,003

2,062

(131)

2,853

791

60

3,022

–

3,022

3,003

64

(45)

–

–

–

Closing balance

8,638

3,022

A deferred tax asset of $0.785M was recognised during the year in LIS. A deferred tax liability of $1.039M was 
recognised during the year in BNNT.

The unrecognised tax loss asset is based on the Group’s estimated available tax losses in the parent and its tax 
consolidated group and controlled entities. These losses are subject to the finalisation of 2022 statutory income tax 
returns. The benefit of these losses will only be available in future periods should the Group a) continue to comply with 
the requirements of relevant legislation to carry these losses forward; b) generate sufficient taxable income to utilise; 
and changes to relevant legislation do not cause the losses to be lost.

NOTE 8 AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

Remuneration of the auditor of the Company for:

Audit Services

Group audit fee per Financial Statements (including all subsidiaries)

400,701

316,856

Audit-related Services

Independent Limited Assurance Report for LIS IPO

43,350

–

Non-audit Services

Tax compliance services and general taxation advice

Total fees for services provided

232,975

677,026

247,805

564,661

62

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 9 PPK KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL REMUNERATION
9.1  Key management personnel remuneration

Short-term benefits

Share-based payments

Post-employment benefits

Consolidated Entity 

2022
$

2021
$

Notes

2,249,133

2,118,334

590,144

264,207

55,000

50,000

2,894,277

2,432,541

The above table discloses remuneration for the Group. During the reporting period, the Group recognises the Directors 
and the Chief Financial Officer/Chief Operating Officer of PPK Group Limited as being the key management personnel 
(see Note 35). See the Directors’ Report for details of their remuneration policy and benefits as well as remuneration 
received from other related entities.

9.2 Equity Instruments
PPK’s Chief Financial Officer participates in the PPK Executive Rights Plan, subject to retention of his services to meet 
the vesting conditions. A PPK Director participates in the PPK LTI Plan and all his Rights have vested.

9.3 Loans
There were no loans or advances to PPK’s key management personnel or their related parties in the current financial or 
previous financial years.

NOTE 10 DIVIDENDS

(a) Dividends paid

2022 2.81 cent per share special ordinary dividend, which was fully satisfied 
by an in specie distribution of shares in PPK Mining Equipment Group Limited 
(PPKMEG)(1) PPK has received advice from its tax advisers that the special 
dividend should qualify as non-assessable non-exempt income for tax purposes 
for Australian residents.

2021 2.5 cent special ordinary fully franked was paid by a distribution in specie of 
shares in LIS held by PPK on the basis of 0.3846 LIS share for every 1 PPK share 
held

2022 nil interim ordinary fully franked dividend was declared or paid (2021: 
1 cent ordinary fully franked dividend)

2022 No final ordinary dividend was declared or paid (2021: nil)

(b) Dividends declared after balance date

(c) Franked dividends

2,509

2,509

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,220

859

–

3,079

–

Franking credits available for subsequent financial years based on a tax rate of 
25% (2021 – 26%)(2)

234

14

(1) 

 PPK also completed a tax-free return of capital of 15.11 cents per share. The combined effect of the above is that PPK shareholders 
(other than foreign shareholders) received 1 share in PPKMEG for every 1 share held in PPK.

(2)  The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:

– 

– 

– 

– 

franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability;

franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; 

franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date; and

63

franking credits that may be prevented from being distributed in subsequent financial years.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 10 DIVIDENDS (continued)
The consolidated amounts include franking credits that would be available to the parent entity if distributable profits of 
subsidiaries were paid as dividends.

(d) reconciliation of dividends paid

2022 
2.81 cent per share special ordinary dividend, which was fully 
satisfied by an in specie distribution of shares in PPK Mining 
Equipment Group Limited (PPKMEG)(1)

2021 
2.5 cent special ordinary fully franked was paid by a 
distribution in specie of shares in LIS held by PPK on the basis 
of 0.3846 LIS share for every 1 PPK share held 

2021 1 cent interim ordinary fully franked dividend paid

2020 1 cent final ordinary fully franked dividend paid

Dividends for treasury shares

NOTE 11 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share (in cents)

Basic

Diluted

Earnings per share from continuing operations (in cents)

Basic

Diluted

Earnings per share from discontinued operations (in cents)

Basic

Diluted

$000 
In Specie of 
Shares

Consolidated Entity

$000 
Dividend 
Reinvestment 
Plan

$000 
Cash

2,509

2,220

–

–

2,220

17

2,203

–

–

–

376

376

7

369

–

–

–

483

483

–

483

$000 
Total

2,509

2,220

–

859

3,079

24

3,055

Consolidated Entity

2022

2021

(8.0)

(8.0)

(7.3)

(7.3)

(0.7)

(0.7)

(6.3)

(6.3)

(5.4)

(5.4)

(0.8)

(0.8)

$000

$000

(6,521)

(649)

(7,170)

(4,737)

(742)

(5,479)

No.

No.

(a) Reconciliation of Earnings to Net Profit

Earnings used in calculating Basic and Dilutive EPS from continuing operations

Earnings used in calculating Basic and Dilutive EPS from discontinued operations

Profit (loss) for the year

(b)  Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year 

used in calculation of basic EPS

89,244,396

87,621,784

64

(c)  Weighted average number of potential ordinary shares outstanding during the 

year used in calculation of diluted EPS)(1)

89,244,396

87,621,784

The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in calculating diluted earnings per share has not 
been adjusted for the 61,913 Special Catch-Up Grant performance rights and the 82,298 FY22 Performance Rights 
issued during the financial right as they are anti-dilutive.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 12 PARENT ENTITY INFORMATION
The following detailed information relates to the parent entity, PPK Group Limited at 30 June 2022. The information 
presented here has been prepared using consistent accounting policies as presented in Note 2.

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Contributed equity[1]

Retained earnings

Total equity

Profit (loss) for the year (including impairments)[2]

Impairment relating to demerger of disposal group held for sale(3)

Dividends received

Dividends paid

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year

Notes

2022
$000

151

43,844

43,995

3

–

3

2021
$000

1,000

59,945

60,945

172

–

172

43,992

60,773

62,173

75,348

(18,251)

(14,575)

43,992

(1,666)

(6,813)

7,381

60,773

3,160

–

–

10

(2,509)

(3,079)

–

–

(1) 

 In addition to the Parent Entity contributed equity, the Group’s consolidated Contributed Equity includes Treasury Shares of 
$0.109M (see Note 30.4).

(2)  Non-current asset balances include investments in subsidiaries which are held at cost or net recoverable value after impairments.

(3) 

 The impairment is the difference between the book value of the disposal group held for sale and the fair market value of $16.000M 
as determined by an independent third party.

See Note 34 for contingent assets and liabilities.

NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE
In the 2020 Annual Report, separation of the PPK mining equipment business (PPKMEG) was disclosed in the 
Chairman’s Report and on 29 June 2022 and PPKMEG was demerged from PPK on that date.

At 30 June 2021 PPKMEG was classified as Disposal Group assets held-for-sale and the Mining Equipment segment 
was no longer presented in the segment note. The information presented in Note 13 includes the revenues, expenses 
and cashflow that were consolidated in PPK’s financial results for the period to 29 June 2022, being the date that the 
demerger was effected.

65

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE (continued)
The results of the Disposal Group for the year are presented below:

Statement of Profit or Loss

Notes

Revenue from contracts with customers

Rental income

Other income

Total revenue and other income

Expenses

Cost of sales

Employee expenses

Share based payment expense

Administration expenses

Warranty costs

Short-term leases

Impairment of assets

Depreciation

Interest expense

Total expenses

Profit (loss) before tax expense from discontinued operations

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to profit

Profit (loss) after tax expense from discontinued operations

Accounting loss on demerger of disposal group held for sale

2022
$000

36,659

1,200

37,859

12

2021
$000

32,651

1,381

34,032

66

37,871

34,098

(28,567)

(26,765)

(2,586)

(2,463)

5.3

–

(152)

(2,560)

(2,349)

–

(319)

–

–

(97)

34,129

3,742

–

3,742

(4,391)

(649)

(146)

(359)

(86)

(2,392)

(128)

34,840

(742)

–

(742)

–

(742)

If PPKMEG was not classified as a disposal group held for sale, the depreciation and amortisation of the fixed assets, 
right-of-use assets and intangible assets would have been $2.459M in this period.

Significant accounting policies for the Statement of Profit or Loss for the Disposal Group, not previously disclosed, are:

Revenue and revenue recognition
Revenue arises mainly from the:

 –
 –

sale of manufactured non-mining products; and

sale, service, support and rental of underground coal mining vehicles, equipment and parts. 

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Group follows a 5 step process:

1. 

2. 

Identifying the contract with a customer;

Identifying the performance obligation;

3.  Determining the transaction price;

4.  Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

5.  Recognising revenue when/as performance obligations are satisfied.

66

Revenue is recognised, based on the transaction price allocated to the performance obligation, after consideration of 
the terms of the contract and customary business practices. The transaction price is the amount of the consideration 
that the Disposal Group expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services 
to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties (ie sales taxes and duties). The consideration 
promised in a contract with a customer may include fixed amounts, variable amounts or both.

The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE (continued)
Sale of goods
Revenue from the sale of manufactured non-mining products, mining equipment, spare parts or CoalTrams built for 
inventory purposes are recognised at a point in time, in most cases when they leave the warehouse and control has 
passed to the buyer. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable, net of returns, trade 
allowances and duties and taxes paid.

Rendering of Services
Performance obligations for the repair and maintenance of underground coal mining vehicles and equipment are 
satisfied over time and the Group recognises the revenue over time for one of the following reasons:

 –

 –

the Disposal Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset (ie work in progress) that the customer controls as 
the asset is created or enhanced or;

 the Disposal Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use and the Disposal Group has an 
enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

In almost all cases, the asset that is being created or enhanced is owned by the customer and the Group only performs 
repair and maintenance on the asset. At contract inception, it is determined that the customer has contractual 
ownership of the asset and the Disposal Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to 
date. The transaction price is determined by customary business practices, generally a signed purchase order from the 
customer, which identifies the consideration the Disposal Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the 
promised goods or services to the customer. The transaction price is the stand-alone selling price at contract inception.

For each performance obligation satisfied over time, the Disposal Group recognises revenue over time by measuring 
the progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Disposal Group uses the cost-based 
input method to determine satisfaction of the performance obligation by measuring the labour hours expended, the 
cost of materials consumed and other costs incurred relative to the total expected costs to be incurred at the contract 
inception to satisfy the performance obligation to determine the percentage of completion. The Group then applies the 
percentage of completion to the total transaction price to calculate the percentage of revenue to be recognised at a 
point in time. On a monthly basis, the Group remeasures its progress towards complete satisfaction of a performance 
obligation over time.

In almost all cases, the performance obligation is satisfied within one to two months of contract inception.

Lease Income on operating leases
Lease income on mining equipment is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement and is 
included in revenue in the statement of profit or loss due to its operating nature.

Interest income
Revenue is recognised as it accrues using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest method uses the 
effective interest rate which is the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash receipts over the expected life 
of the financial asset.

Government Grants
Income from government grants is recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant 
will be received, and the Company will comply with all attached conditions. When the grant relates to an income item, 
it is recognised in the profit and loss when the Company will comply with all attached conditions. When the grant 
relates to an expense item, it is recognised in the profit and loss as other operating income on a systematic basis 
over the periods in which the Company recognises as expense the related costs for which the grants are intended to 
compensate. When the grant relates to an asset, it is presented in the statement of financial position by deducting the 
grant in arriving at the carrying amount of the asset.

Operating expenses
Operating expenses are recognised in the profit or loss upon utilisation of the services or at the date of their origin.

Contract assets
The costs incurred to fulfil a contract with a customer were recognised when:

 –
 –

 –

the costs related directly to a contract or an anticipated contract that the Group could specifically identify;

67

the costs generated or enhanced resources of the Group that would be used in satisfying (or in continuing to 
satisfy) performance obligations of the future; and

the costs were expected to be recovered.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE (continued)
Inventories
Inventories included raw materials, work in progress and finished goods and were stated at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value. Costs comprised all direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate portion of variable and fixed 
overheads. Fixed overheads were allocated based on normal operating capacity. Costs were assigned to inventory 
using an actual costing system. Net realisable value was the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, 
less the estimated cost of completion and selling expenses.

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings are brought to account at cost less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation. After initial 
recognition, land and buildings are measured at fair value at the date of revaluation less any subsequent accumulated 
depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses.

Plant and equipment are brought to account at cost less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation or 
amortisation and impairment. The cost of fixed assets constructed within the Disposal Group includes the cost of 
materials used in construction, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads.

The depreciable amount of all fixed assets, including buildings and capitalised leased assets but excluding freehold 
land, is depreciated over their useful lives to the consolidated entity commencing from the time the asset is held ready 
for use. Leasehold improvements are amortised over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or the 
estimated useful lives of the improvements.

The gain or loss on disposal of all fixed assets is determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset 
at the time of disposal and the proceeds of disposal, and is included in the profit before income tax of the consolidated 
entity in the year of disposal.

Class of Fixed Asset

Buildings

Leasehold Improvements

Plant & Equipment

Depreciation Rate Straight Line

2.5%

over the term of the lease

10-50%

Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the Disposal Group’s consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the 
accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and 
estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities in 
future periods.

Significant Management Judgements
In the process of applying the Disposal Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, 
which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

Disposal Group assets held-for-sale
Management has used significant judgement to determine that the Disposal Group is measured at the lower of its 
carrying amount and fair value less costs to list or sell. This included obtaining an independent valuation as at 28 
February 2022 and the carrying amount of the disposal group was more than the fair value less costs to sell so a net 
adjustment of $4.391M was made on the date of the demerger.

68

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE (continued)

Determining the lease term of contracts with renewal and termination options – Group as lessee
The Disposal Group determined the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods 
covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by an option 
to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not be exercised.

The Disposal Group has the option, under the property leases, to lease the assets for an additional term of five 
years. The Disposal Group applies judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the option to 
renew. That is, it considers all the relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the renewal and 
reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that is within its control and affects 
its ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew (i.e. change in business strategy). The Disposal Group did 
not include the renewal period as part of the lease term. 

The renewal option for leases of motor vehicles are not included as part of the lease term because the Disposal Group 
typically leases motor vehicles for not more than four years, hence it is not exercising any renewal periods. The renewal 
option for leases of forklifts are not included as part of the lease term because the Disposal Group typically does not 
exercise any renewal periods.

Recognition of fixed contract revenues
Recognising the stage of completion for fixed price contracts and applicable work in progress requires significant 
judgement in determining the actual work completed and the estimated amount of labour and materials required to 
complete the work.

Impairment of raw materials and finished goods– prior period judgements
Management has used significant judgement to determine the net realisable value, based on the most reliable evidence 
available at the time the estimates are made, of the amount that inventories are expected to realise and the estimate 
of costs to complete. The net realizable value is based on management’s analysis of stock movements for all individual 
stock items:

For CoalTrams, heavy machinery, pneumatic, hydraulic and small mining equipment parts there is a four step process:

 – Management reviews the stock items which had no sales during the year and:

 – Provides for 50% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items which have no sales for more 1 year; 

and

 – Provides for 100% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items which have no sales for more than 

3 years.

 – Management then reviews the remainder of the stock items and, for those which management consider to be slow 

moving:

 – Provides for 15% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items with stock holdings of 1 to 2 years;
 – Provides for 35% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items with stock holdings of 2 to 3 years;
 – Provides for 55% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items with stock holdings of 3 to 4 years;
 – Provides for 75% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items with stock holdings of 4 to 5 years;
 – Provides for 95% of the inventory value as impaired for those stock items with stock holdings of more than 

5 years.

 – Management then reviews the remainder of the stock items, forecasts future stock sales for the next 1 year and, for 
those stock items which appear to be in excess of sales, an impairment provision is made using the same formulas 
as that of slow moving stock.

 – Finally, management then performs a review of the remainder of the stock items to determine the net realisable 
value and, if any additional impairment provisions should be made or if there is a reversal of the impairment 
provisions made in previous years.

The review done in the 2022 financial year resulted in no write down of inventory as a result of fair value measurement 
required for assets held for sale (2021: $0.085M).

69

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE (continued)

Impairment of work in progress– prior period judgement
Management has used significant judgement to determine the net realisable value, based on the most reliable evidence 
available at the time the estimates are made, of the amount that work in progress are expected to realise and the 
estimate of costs to complete. The net realizable value is based on management’s analysis of work in progress for 
individual jobs on a three step process:

 – Provides for 50% of the work in progress value as impaired for those jobs which have been in progress for more than 

6 months;

 – Management then performs a review of these jobs to determine if any specific jobs will be completed and total costs 
will be less than the expected revenue to determine if any jobs should be removed from the impairment provision;

 – Reviews individual jobs that are less than 6 months old to determine if they will be completed, total costs will be less 
than the expected revenue to determine if any additional impairment provision should be made to determine net 
realisable value.

Impairment of intangibles – development costs– prior period judgement
The Disposal Group capitalises costs for product development projects. Initial capitalisation of costs is based on 
Management’s judgement, after making inquiries from engineers and other qualified professionals that technological 
and economic feasibility is confirmed. In determining the amounts to be capitalised, Management makes assumptions 
regarding the expected future cash generation of the project, discount rates to be applied and expected period of 
benefits. 

This includes significant investment in the development of new technology and enhancements for the CoalTram and 
a new battery electric vehicle for transporting personnel (mantransporter).

Intangible assets not yet ready for use require an annual impairment test. Management has used significant judgement 
to determine there was no impairment that occurred after the initial recognition of the intangible asset. Management 
made this assessment using estimated future cash flows from the investment. Based on the information available to 
support the estimates made, Management concluded there was no impairment charge of the intangibles at the date of 
initial classification as held for sale.

Provision for expected credit losses (ECL) of trade receivables and contract assets– prior period judgement
The Group uses a provision matrix to calculate ECLs for trade receivables and contract assets. The provision rates are 
based on days past due for groupings of customer segments that have similar risk characteristics (i.e. customer type, 
probable credit risk, market size). The provision matrix is based on the historical credit loss experience for the customer 
segments and adjusted for forward-looking information. For example, if forecast economic conditions are expected 
to deteriorate over the coming year in a specific industry, which could lead to an increased number of defaults, then 
the historical default rates are adjusted. At every reporting date, the historical credit loss experience is reviewed and 
updated, if appropriate, and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed.

The assessment of the correlation between historical credit loss experience, forecast economic conditions and ECLs is 
a significant estimated. The amount of ECLs is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecast economic conditions. 
The Group’s historical credit loss experience and forecast economic conditions may also not be representative of 
customer’s actual credit default in the future. Management has considered the possible impacts of the COVID-19 
pandemic on the required expected credit loss provisions and determined that no material levels of increased risk are 
present based on current conditions. The information about the ECLs on the Group’s trade receivables is as follows:

The Group recognised two distinct customer segments:

 –

 –

those that are major customers, the majority of which are listed public companies of which the Group has a long 
history of providing goods and services. This customer segment represents 88% of the cash inflows during the 
ECL review period for which the historical credit loss experience was determined and there were no historical losses 
during this period.

the other customer segment includes smaller listed public companies, large private companies and the remaining 
customers that the Group provides goods and services. At 30 June 2021 no significant provision was determined 
to be required for these customers as at the date the assets were classified as held for sale.

70

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 13 DISPOSAL GROUP HELD FOR SALE (continued)
Management has considered the possible impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the required expected credit loss 
provisions and determined that no material levels of increased risk are present based on current conditions.

The major classes of assets and liabilities of the Disposal Group classified as held for sale are:

Statement of Financial Position

30 June 2022 
$000

29 June 2022 
$000

30 June 2021 
$000

Assets

Cash

Inventories

Trade and other current assets

Fixed assets

Intangibles

Assets held for sale

Liabilities

Creditors and provisions

Lease liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

Net assets directly associated with disposal group

The net cash flows incurred by PPKMEG are:

Opening balance

Net cash inflow (outflow) from operating activities

Net cash inflow (outflow) from investing activities

Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities

Closing balance 

Earnings per share

Basic from discontinued operations

Diluted from discontinued operations

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Notes

(620)

12,018

6,419

4,486

2,080

545

11,427

6,947

6,363

3,452

24,383

28,734

(6,383)

–

(6,383)

18,000

(5,358)

(2,077)

(7,435)

21,299

2022
 $000

545

3,584

(1,281)

(3,467)

(619)

2022
cents

(0.7)

(0.7)

2021
 $000

974

2,040

(746)

(1,723)

545

2021
cents

(0.8)

(0.8)

PPKMEG was independently valued as at 28 February 2022 and the carrying amount of the disposal group was more 
than the fair value less costs to sell so a net adjustment of $4.391M was made on the date of the demerger.

71

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 14 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – CURRENT

Cash at bank and on hand

Total

NOTE 15 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES - CURRENT

Trade receivables

GST receivable

Loans – secured

Loans – unsecured

Less: allowance for expected credit losses

Total

Notes

6.2

15.1

15.2

15.3

Consolidated Entity

2022
$000

53,008

53,008

2021
$000

30,365

30,365

1,829

348

–

–

2,177

–

2,177

45

–

1,569

107

1,721

–

1,721

15. 1 Trade receivables
Current trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 to 60 day terms.

15.2 Loans - secured
In the previous financial year, loans were short term to unrelated third parties and secured by a registered first 
mortgage over property of the borrower and a registered security interest (fixed and circulating) on the PPSR by 
way of a loan offer, loan agreement, general security interest agreement and deed of guarantee and indemnity and 
mortgage. All loans and interest have been repaid.

15.3 Loans - unsecured
Loan is short term to an associated entities with interest capitalised at 4.52% (2021: nil) per annum.

NOTE 16 INVENTORIES - CURRENT

Inventories

Net realisable value

Raw materials

Finished goods

Work in progress

313

–

–

313

–

313

–

–

–

–

–

–

72

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 17 OTHER ASSETS

CURRENT

Prepayments

NON-CURRENT

Deposits

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022
 $000

2021
 $000

160

110

97

–

NOTE 18 INVESTMENT – NON – CURRENT

Financial assets at FVTPL

3,402

4,472

Listed equity investments

Unlisted equity investment

2.16

2.16

892

2,510

3,402

2,214

2,258

4,472

The fair value of listed equity investments are determined by reference to the published closing price of the shares on 
the ASX on 30 June 2022. 

On 13 May 2022, Zeta Energy was converted from an LLC “taxed as a partnership” to a C Corporation, LIS’s interest 
was converted to 1,729,000 shares of Class B common stock and Zeta Energy has confirmed the shares are valued at 
USD1.00 per share at 30 June 2022. The valuation of the investment at USD1,729,000 equates to AUD$2.510M at the 
prevailing exchange rate on 30 June 2022 of $0.6889.

NOTE 19 INTEREST BEARING LOANS – NON- CURRENT

Interest bearing loan - unsecured

2,000

As a consideration of the demerger of PPK Mining Equipment Group Limited, PPK provided an unsecured loan. 
Interest is fixed for the period of the loan at 4.52%, capitalised monthly against the loan, and due for re-payment on 
30 June 2024.

NOTE 20 INVESTMENT PROPERTY – NON – CURRENT

Investment Property

Land

Buildings – at cost

Less: Accumulated depreciation

4,102

1,663

2,516

(77)

2,439

4,102

–

–

–

–

–

–

73

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 20 INVESTMENT PROPERTY – NON – CURRENT (continued)
The purchase price of the land and building of $4.102M, including transaction costs, was apportioned between the land 
and the building based on an estimate of the cost to purchase development land in the same location and the cost to 
build a comparable building at the time the investment property was purchased. Subsequent costs are included in the 
assets carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the 
Company.

The building is being depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 25 years.

The investment property is leased to Mask Innovation (Note 37.1.5), a subsidiary of an associated company, for 
$240,000 per annum, plus outgoings, with CPI increases on an annual basis and market reviews at the beginning of an 
option period. The lease expires on 26 August 2024 and has two three-year option periods at the option of the tenant.

NOTE 21 SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
During the 2022 financial year, PPK had three subsidiaries that had material transactions which were consolidated in the 
PPK financial statements; LIS, WGL and BNNTTL.

21.1 LIS
Li-S Energy (LIS) was incorporated on 12 July 2019 with the objective of utilising BNNTTL and Deakin’s existing 
technology and research to develop a battery technology based on more advanced lithium-sulphur chemistry, where 
BNNTs and other nanomaterials are incorporated into battery components to: 

 –
 –

Improve battery energy capacity when compares to current lithium-ion batteries; and

Improve cycle life when compared to conventional lithium-sulphur batteries.

LIS was listed on the ASX on 24 September 2021 and commenced trading on 28 September 2021.

The Company has had significant development successes through this financial year, including scaling their lithium 
sulphur test cells from single layer to the 20-layer cells under construction, building its first 10-layer lithium metal test 
cells and successfully completing its first drone test flights. 

On the commercial side LIS has acquired three strategic collaboration partners, Boeing’s Insitu Pacific in the drone 
target market, Janus Electric in the heavy EV target market and Magnix in the electric aviation target market. These 
partnerships will enable LIS to hone in on the battery requirements of each product category, while it continues to test 
and optimise its cell chemistry and scale up the size and volume of its cell production capability. 

The company continues to pursue its business and development strategies, as outlined in its IPO Prospectus, and has 
achieved significant technical successes enabling it to refine these strategies. 

The summarised financial information of LIS is provided below. This information is based on amounts before inter-
company eliminations. At the beginning of the year, PPK’s direct interest in LIS was 48.46% and BNNTTL held 6.7%. 
After the completion of the capital raise of $34.000 million in September, as part of the IPO, PPK’s direct interest was 
45.43% and BNNTTL was reduced to 4.69% after a sale of 10.000 million shares in July at $0.85 per share, resulting in 
direct and indirect control of 50.12% of shares on issue.

74

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 21 SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES (continued)
21.1 LIS (continued)

Summarised statement of financial position

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Investments

Deferred tax asset

Other non-current assets

Total asset

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease and provisions

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Non-controlling interest

Net assets attributable to the Group

Summarised statement of profit or loss

Revenue from contracts with customers

Other income

Administration expenses(1)

IPO expenses(1)

Professional fees(1)

Management fees

Directors’ fees(1)

Finance costs

Share based payments expense

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Unrealised gain (loss) on investment at FVTPL

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Attributable to:

 Equity holders of parent

 Non-controlling interest

43,853

18,607

157

63

1,092

3,317

2,510

785

240

226

68

121

992

2,258

921

–

52,017

23,193

(743)

(281)

(1,024)

50,993

26,647

24,346

–

90

(1,679)

(2,382)

(891)

(600)

–

(7)

(821)

(232)

251

(444)

–

(444)

22,749

10,769

11,980

–

–

(277)

(1,193)

(218)

(200)

(50)

(1)

–

(55)

(289)

(6,271)

(2,283)

–

599

(6,271)

(1,684)

(3,193)

(3,078)

(1,231)

(1,053)

(1)  Total of $4.952M (2021: $1.738M) disclosed as Administration expenses in Note 21.4.1

75

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 21 SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES (continued)
21.2 WGL
WGL was incorporated on 24 August 2020 as an application project under the Joint Venture Research Agreement with 
Deakin University (“Deakin”) and PPK Group Limited (“PPK”). The principal activity of WGL is to establish the world’s 
first pilot plant for large scale production of white graphene by the ball milling method (“project”) and to commercialise 
revenues from white graphene.

This project was under research at Deakin University for more than 10 years and WGL has an exclusive global license to 
commercialise products for a period of twenty years. Deakin has two patents pending, which are licensed to WGL and 
WGL has lodged a further two patents itself. It is intended that all intellectual property developed will vest in WGL.

During the year Deakin commenced an eighteen-month research and development program to further the work 
previously undertaken to determine the most efficient industrial processes including automation, and to ultimately 
design, manufacture and test the pilot plant. This year Deakin has completed the build of a small-scale production pilot 
plant which is producing more than 100g of white graphene per 7 hour shift. The next phase is to build the larger scale 
production plant capable of producing 1 kg of white graphene per shift. The equipment for this has been ordered and 
should be completed this calendar year.

WGL has also entered into further research and development projects with Deakin to:

 –
 –
 –

fast track eight applications for the use of white graphene mixed with other composites;

test white graphene and polymer composites for hydrogen pipeline coatings; and

test the anti-corrosion/erosion coatings using white graphene in various composites.

The first two of the eight application projects provided highly encouraging results with the addition of relatively small 
amounts of white graphene significantly improving polymer coating mechanical performance in a number of areas, 
including water resistance/hydrophobic improvements, moisture impermeability, wear resistance and anti-bacterial 
properties. A further three application projects will be conducted during this calendar year.

The testing of white graphene and polymer composites for hydrogen pipeline and anti-corrosion/erosion coatings will 
also be conducted later this calendar year.

The Company raised $1,960,000 by issuing 4,900,000 shares at $0.40 per share in September 2021 from Sophisticated 
Investors. WGL intended to use these proceeds to further advance an IPO but with the weakness experienced in 
the investment markets this calendar year, the IPO was deferred pending an improvement in market sentiment. 
In the meantime, WGL will continue to further advance the research and development projects and seek revenue 
opportunities from the sale of white graphene.

The summarised financial information of White Graphene is provided below. This information is based on amounts 
before inter-company eliminations. At the beginning of the year, PPK’s direct interest in WGL was 59.8% and BNNTTL 
held 9.2%. After a $1.960 million capital raise at $0.40 per share in September, which PPK invested $0.800 million, 
PPK’s direct interest was 58.8% and BNNTTL was 8.7%.

76

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 21 SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES (continued)
21.2 WGL (continued)

Summarised statement of financial position

Notes

2022
$000

2021
$000

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total identifiable net assets

Attributable to:

Non-controlling interest

Net assets attributable to the Group

Summarised statement of profit or loss

Revenue from contracts with customers

Administration expenses(1)

Professional fees(1)

Management fees

Directors’ fees(1)

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Foreign exchange gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTPL

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Attributable to:

 Equity holders of parent

 Non-controlling interest

422

58

563

1,675

2,718

(87)

(87)

2,005

46

384

–

2,435

(8)

(8)

2,631

2,427

940

1,691

864

1,563

–

(229)

(1,275)

(120)

(60)

(72)

–

(1,756)

–

(1,756)

(1,033)

(723)

–

(55)

(15)

(100)

(50)

(11)

(3)

(234)

–

(234)

(154)

(80)

(1)  Total of $1.564M (2021: $0.120M) disclosed as Administration expenses in Note 21.4.1

21.3 BNNTTL
BNNTTL’s principal activity is to manufacture and sell boron nitride nanotubes (BNNT) and during the year it expanded 
its manufacturing plant and became the lowest cost producer of BNNT globally. On 7 March 2022, BNNTTL signed 
a 3 year lease with two 3-year options for approximately 1,000m2 at Deakin’s Waurn Pond campus thus providing 
capacity to expand and operate two new 6 furnace modules (SM6 modules) in addition to the two existing 4 furnace 
modules (SM4 modules) already in production. Once commissioned, BNNTTL’s production capacity is expected to 
increase to around 500 kilograms per annum with > 95% purity. BNNTTL is now well place to meet future BNNT 
demand.

With the significantly larger production facility, there is a requirement to take the existing automation processes and 
enhance these across the complete production facility so that significant labour and cost savings can be achieved. 

77

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 21 SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES (continued)
21.3 BNNTTL (continued)
The summarised financial information of BNNTTL is provided below. This information is based on amounts before 
inter-company eliminations. At the beginning of the year, PPK’s interest in BNNTTL was 51% but as a result of changes 
in control on 4 August 2021, BNNTTL became a subsidiary. PPK accounted for the change as a business combination in 
accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations (Note 22.1.3).

Summarised statement of financial position

Notes

2022
$000

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Investments

Other non-current assets

Total asset

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Other current liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Non-controlling interest

Net assets attributable to the Group

Summarised statement of profit or loss(1)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income

Gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTPL

Gain (loss) on sale of financial assets at FVTPL

Employee benefit expense(1)

Administration expense(1)

Management fees

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Finance costs

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Attributable to:

78

 Equity holders of parent

 Non-controlling interest

(1)  Total of $1.172M (2021: nil) disclosed as Administration expenses in Note 21.4.1

For the period from 4 August 2021, previously BNNTTL was a joint venture and equity accounted (Note 22.1.3).

3,912

2,182

1,932

2,629

16,400

1,037

28,092

(893)

(1,172)

(4,656)

(6,721)

21,371

10,519

10,852

82

(58)

24

2

(787)

(385)

(1,052)

(531)

(29)

(2,758)

698

(2,060)

(1,051)

(1,009)

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 21 SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES (continued)
21.4 Summary of Subsidiary Expenses

21.4.1 Administration Expenses

LIS

WGL

BNNTTL

Other

Total

Notes

21.1

21.2

21.3

2022
$000

4,952

1,564

1,172

196

7,884

2021
$000

1,520

120

–

530

2,050

NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT

Investment in associates and a joint venture

10,762

28,126

22.1 Investment in a joint venture

22.1.1 Investment in Survivon

1,492

1,492

20,735

–

Survivon owns the intellectual property for the copper mask technology and the mask manufacturing company Mask 
Innovations (MI). PPK has a 47.62% interest which is accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated financial 
statements.

Summarised Statement of financial position

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Equity

Group’s share in equity – 47.62%

Adjustment for loan from PPK

PPK’s carrying amount of the investment

Summarised statement of profit (loss)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Group’s share of profit (loss) for the year

Adjustment for interest charged by PPK

PPK’s share of profit (loss)

879

5,611

(4,381)

(294)

1,816

864

628

1,492

923

(7,634)

–

(7,634)

(7,634)

(3,636)

7

(3,629)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

79

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT (continued)

22.1.2 Investment in BNNTTL

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

–

20,735

The summarised financial information of BNNTTL, based on its audited financial statements, and a reconciliation with 
the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements are set out below:

Summarised Statement of financial position(1)

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Equity

Group’s share in equity – 51.0% (2021: 51%)

Adjustment of investment in LIS at fair value

Adjustment of investment in WGL at fair value

Adjustment for share buyback

Adjustment for interest charged by PPK

Recognition of Group’s share of the profit (loss)

Intangibles

Reclassify as a subsidiary from business combination

PPK’s carrying amount of the investment

Summarised statement of profit or loss(1)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income 

Employee expenses

Administration expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Royalty expenses

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing 
operations)

80

10,418

34,278

(3,338)

(7,420)

33,938

17,315

(9,490)

(1,183)

1,000

(4)

(395)

16,466

23,709

(23,709)

–

–

–

–

2,787

28,122

(935)

(6,281)

23,693

11,847

(7,341)

(1,183)

1,000

(4)

(50)

16,466

20,735

–

20,735

478

(42)

436

14,000

24,951

(70)

(331)

(58)

–

–

–

(488)

(319)

(583)

(9)

(24)

–

13,541

23,964

(3,200)

10,342

(6,268)

17,696

10,341

17,696

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT (continued)

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

Adjustment for investment in LIS at fair value 

(14,000)

(21,750)

Adjustment for tax effect of investment in LIS at fair value

3,200

Adjustment for investment in WGL at fair value

Adjustment for tax effect of investment in WGL at fair value

Adjustment for intercompany sales of BNNT

Adjustment for tax effect of intercompany sales of BNNT

Adjustment for interest charged by PPK

Adjusted total comprehensive income (loss) for the year after income tax 
(continuing operations)

PPK’s share of profit (loss)

–

–

–

–

–

(459)

(234)

5,655

(3,198)

832

(420)

109

(6)

(1,082)

(541)

(1)  For the period ending 4 August 2021 when the investment was a joint venture and equity accounted.

Subsequent to this, BNNTTL became a subsidiary as a result of a business combination (Note 22.1.3).

See Note 2.24 for more detail.

On 16 July 2021 sold 10,000,000 shares in Li-S for $8,500,000.

22.1.3 Change in Accounting for BNNTTL
On 4 August 2021, the Shareholders and Directors of BNNTTL executed a Deed of Variation of Shareholders Agreement 
with BNNTTL pursuant to which a number of material changes were made, relevantly resulting in:

 – Deakin having a single nominee on the board;
 – AIC Investment Corporation being entitled to nominate two directors being Robin Levison and Mark Winfield;
 – The directors appointed Glenn Molloy as Chairman;
 – Ordinary Decisions of Shareholders will require a simple of votes cast by the Shareholders;
 – Special Majority Decisions of the Board is 75%;

As a result of the above changes, PPK gained control of BNNTTL on 4 August 2021 and accounted for the change 
as a business combination in accordance with AASB 3 Business Combinations. PPK was required to re-measure its 
previously held equity interest in BNNTTL at fair value as at 4 August 2021 and recognise the resulting gain or loss in 
profit or loss. Following the business combination, PPK consolidates BNNTTL as a subsidiary and no longer accounts 
for its interest as a joint venture (Note 21.3).

To determine the resulting gain or loss and the value of the goodwill recognised, PPK performed the following three 
step process:

Step 1 – Re-measure previously held equity interest in a joint venture at its acquisition fair value and recognise 
the resulting gain or loss:

Fair value of equity interest in BNNTTL(1)

Less: Carrying value of investment in a joint venture

Gain on re-measurement of equity interest at fair value

Notes

4 August 2021 
$000

35,357

(23,709)

11,648

81

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT (continued)

Step 2 – Identify the fair value of identifiable net assets:

Notes

4 August 2021 
$000

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangibles

Total assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Income tax payable

Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired

Step 2 – Calculate the amount of goodwill acquired:

Consideration transferred

Less: Fair value of BNNTTL’s identifiable net assets acquired

Non-controlling interest in BNNTTL, based on proportionate share of identifiable 
net assets

Goodwill

8,677

1,741

2,798

2,780

15,996

(643)

(2,715)

(709)

(4,067)

11,929

35,357

(11,929)

23,428

5,843

29,271

(1) Where the Group owns an associate or joint venture which has a holding in a subsidiary, the Parent’s interest in 
the subsidiary is determined based on both the directly held interest and the effective interest indirectly held by 
the associate or joint venture (a look through approach). Accordingly, in accounting for the business combination of 
BNNTTL, the fair value of the previously held equity interest in BNNTTL, the identifiable net assets of BNNTTL acquired, 
and non-controlling interest in BNNTTL will be adjusted to exclude BNNTTL’s interest in LIS and WGL.

If BNNTTL had been acquired on 1 July 2021, revenue for PPK to 4 August 2021 would have been nil and PPK would 
have recognised a pre-tax loss of $0.234M (Note 22.1.2).

See Note 36.4 for related party balances.

22.2 Investment in associates

82

19.2.1 Craig International Ballistics Pty Ltd

19.2.2 AMAG Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

19.2.3 Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd

Consolidated Entity

2022 
$000

9,270

5,417

3,791

62

9,270

2021 
$000

7,391

5,831

1,500

60

7,391

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT (continued)
22.2.1 Investment in CIB
CIB which is an unlisted Australian company that is a leading manufacturer of soft and hard ballistic (body armour) 
products primarily for the security and defence sectors. PPK has a 45% interest CIB and which is accounted for using 
the equity method in the consolidated financial statements.

The following table illustrates the summarised financial information of the Group’s investment in CIB:

Summarised Statement of financial position

Notes

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Equity

PPK’s share in equity – 45% (2020: 45%)

Adjustment of investment in LIS at fair value

Adjustment for interest charged by PPK

PPK’s carrying amount of the investment

Summarised statement of profit (loss)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing 
operations)

PPK’s share of profit (loss) for the year(1)

Adjustment of investment in LIS at fair value

Adjustment for interest charged by PPK

PPK’s share of profit (loss)

After management fees paid to PPK of $1.620M.

Consolidated Entity

2022 
$000

7,877

14,284

(5,953)

(3,869)

12,339

5,553

(127)

(9)

5,417

15,943

(536)

234

(302)

(302)

(136)

20

9

(107)

2021 
$000

3,901

14,651

(1,030)

(4,243)

13,279

5,976

(145)

–

5,831

8,627

1,472

(388)

1,084

1,084

488

(145)

–

343

22.2.2 Investment in AMAG 

3,791

1,500

AMAG developed the world’s first Safe Mobility Alert Real Time (SMART) and released three modules during the year 
and is signing contracts with cities and government departments in a number of countries for the SMART services. PPK 
had a 20% interest in AMAG at 30 June 2021 and increased its investment to 35% at 30 June 2022 which is accounted 
for using the equity method in the consolidated financial statements.

For the previous year, the Group’s share of fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of AMAG were as at the 
date of the acquisition, being 16 December 2020, on a provisional basis. The provisional financial information has not 
required to be re-stated, reflecting the final acquisition accounting:

83

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT (continued)

Assets

Cash

Non-current assets(1)

Current liabilities

Total identifiable net assets at fair value

Purchase consideration transferred

Purchase consideration transferred

Cash

Consolidated Entity

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

1,083

6,521

(104)

7,500

1,500

1,500

AMAG is developing software for new markets and recognises software development as an intangible asset. AMAG 
financial results for the year is as follows:

Investment in AMAG

Current assets

Non-current assets(1)

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Equity

PPK’s share in equity – 35% (2021: 20%)

PPK’s carrying amount of the investment

Summarised statement of profit (loss)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax expense (benefit)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

PPK’s share of profit (loss) from current year

Adjustment for PPK share of profit (loss) from previous year

PPK’s total share of profit (loss)

(1) 

Includes $3.972M of intangible assets for software development.

1,083

6,521

(104)

7,500

1,500

130

–

–

–

–

–

1,097

11,264

(520)

(1,009)

10,832

3,791

3,791

595

(272)

68

(204)

(204)

(67)

(2)

(69)

22.2.3 Investment in Ballistic Glass 

62

60

Ballistic Glass is developing manufacturing processes for incorporating BNNT into transparent materials to enhance 
ballistic performance in bullet resistant glass. During the financial year Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd has continued is research 
into this project. PPK has a 40% interest and CIB has a 20% interest in Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd which are accounted using 
the equity method in the consolidated financial statements.

84

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 22 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES AND A JOINT VENTURE - NON – CURRENT (continued)

Summarised Statement of financial position

Notes

2022
$000

2021
$000

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities

Equity

Group’s share in equity – 40% (2021: 40%)

Adjustment for loan from PPK

PPK’s carrying amount of the investment

Summarised statement of profit (loss)

Revenue from contracts with customers

Profit (loss) for the year before income tax (continuing operations)

Income tax benefit (expense)

Profit (loss) for the year after income tax (continuing operations)

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year after income tax 
(continuing operations

Group’s share of profit (loss) for the year

Adjustment for interest charged by PPK

PPK’s share of profit (loss)

22.3 Share of profit of an associate and a joint venture

2

57

(5)

(66)

(12)

(4)

66

62

–

(5)

–

(5)

(5)

2

(2)

–

10

45

(64)

–

(9)

(3)

63

60

–

8

–

8

8

3

(3)

–

PPK’s 47.62% interest in Survivon’s profit (loss) for the period as a joint venture 
before income tax (continuing operations)

22.1.1

(3,629)

–

PPK’s 50% interest in BNNTTL’s profit (loss) for the period as a joint venture 
before income tax (continuing operations)

22.1.2

(234)

(541)

PPK’s 45% interest of CIB’s profit (loss) for the year before income tax 
(continuing operations)

22.2.1

(107)

343

PPK’s 34% interest in AMAG’s profit (loss) for the year before income tax 
(continuing operations)

22.2.2

(69)

PPK’s 40% interest of Ballistic Glass’s profit (loss) for the year before income tax 
(continuing operations)

22.2.3

–

–

–

PPK’s share of profit (loss)

(4,039)

(198)

85

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 23 PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT – NON – CURRENT

Land and buildings – at valuation

Less: Accumulated depreciation

Reclassified to assets-held-for sale

Plant and equipment – at cost

Less: accumulated depreciation and impairment

Reclassified to assets-held-for sale

Total property, plant and equipment of continuing operations

Consolidated - 2022

Carrying amount at start of year

Revaluation

Additions(1)

Realised as a change in accounting for a business combination 22.1.3

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation & amortisation expense

Carrying amount at end of year

Consolidated – 2021

Carrying amount at start of year

Revaluation

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation & amortisation expense

Reclassified to Disposal Group

Carrying amount at end of year

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022 
$000

–

–

–

–

–

7,771

(2,333)

5,439

–

5,439

Land & 
Buildings 
$000

Plant & 
Equipment 
$000

530

–

3,108

2,798

(1)

–

(466)

5,439

2021 
$000

1,500

(67)

1,433

(1,433)

–

9,450

(6,059)

3,391

(2,861)

530

Total 
$000

530

–

3,108

2,798

(1)

–

(466)

5,439

1,466

3,774

5,240

–

–

–

–

(33)

1,433

(1,433)

–

–

817

(558)

–

(642)

3,391

(2,861)

530

–

817

(558)

–

(675)

4,824

(4,294)

530

(1) 

 Included in additions of Plant and Equipment of $3.108M is $0.118M of employee costs capitalised for the work undertaken in 
relation to equipment being built.

86

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 24 RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

Right-of-use assets – at cost

Less: accumulated depreciation and impairment

Reclassified to Disposal Group

Consolidated – 2021

Carrying amount at start of year

Revaluation

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation & amortisation expense

Reclassified to Disposal Group

Carrying amount at end of year

Notes

Consolidated Entity

2022 
$000

1,420

(164)

1,256

–

1,256

–

–

1,427

–

69

(240)

1,256

–

1,256

2021 
$000

5,395

(3,327)

2,068

(2,068)

–

3,628

–

119

–

–

(1,679)

2,068

(2,068)

–

The subsidiaries have leases with Deakin at commercial rates of between 2 and 9 years on the premises at Waurn Ponds 
campus in Geelong. The Group have determined that it is reasonably certain that the optional periods will be exercised 
and have included these within the lease term.

The Group recognised expense from short-term leases of $0.252M for the period ended 30 June 2022 (2021: $0.219M.

BNNTTL has received three months rent concessions on its new leases.

NOTE 25 INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL – NON - CURRENT

Intangibles

37,475

1,622

BNNT application projects – at cost

Less: accumulated amortisation and impairment

WGL application projects – at cost

Less: accumulated amortisation and impairment

Goodwill

Less: Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Mining equipment manufacturing - at cost

Less: Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Reclassified to Disposal Group

Carrying amount at end of year

Not yet ready for use

Other

6,912

(383)

6,529

1,675

–

1,675

29,271

–

29,271

–

–

–

–

37,475

5,575

31,900

37,475

1,682

(60)

1,622

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,515

(63)

3,452

(3,452)

1,622

1,622

–

1,622

87

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 25 INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL – NON - CURRENT (continued)

Consolidated - 2022

Carrying amount at start of year

Additions(2)

Disposals

Transfers

Realised as a change in accounting for a business 
combination(1)

22.1.3

Amortisation and impairment expense

Carrying amount at year end

Development 
Costs White 
Graphene 
Applications 
$000

Development 
Costs BNNT 
Applications 
$000

Notes

Goodwill
$000

–

1,675

–

–

–

–

1,675

1,622

2,510

–

–

2,780

(383)

6,529

Total 
$000

1,622

4,185

–

–

–

–

–

–

29,271

–

32,051

(383)

29,271

37,475

(1) 

(2) 

 Goodwill has been recognised on the change in accounting for BNNTTL from a joint venture to a subsidiary. The goodwill will be 
tested against impairment on an annual basis. 

 Included in additions of Development Costs BNNT Applications of $2.510M is $0.311M of additions for intangibles of employee 
costs capitalised for the work undertaken in relation to intangible assets being developed.

Consolidated - 2021

Carrying amount at start of year

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Amortisation and impairment expense

Carrying amount at year end

Refer Note 2.15 and Note 2.24 for more detail.

Development 
Costs BNNT 
Applications
$000

Notes

446

1,176

–

–

–

Total 
$000

446

1,176

–

–

–

1,622

1,622

Impairment Testing
The Group has two cash generating units (CGU) being a) BNNT Applications and b) White Graphene Applications. 
All other assets are not significant and are considered to be of a corporate nature. All goodwill ($29.271M) has been 
allocated to the BNNT Applications CGU.

Impairment Testing of BNNT Applications CGU
The Group under took impairment testing of this CGU using a fair value less cost to sell model. The fair value less cost 
to sell was determined based on a share buyback undertaken during the period of a portion of the share capital related 
to these activities to imply an enterprise value. Given the early stage of this technology no other adjustments were 
made. No impairment was noted as a result of this testing.

As the value of goodwill and assets held in the BNNT Applications CGU was determined (apart from current period 
additions) as a result of business combination accounting which included the allocation of fair value to these assets, any 
movements in the assumed recoverable value in a negative sense would cause there to be impairment. 

White Graphene Applications CGU
Intangible assets not yet ready for use require an annual impairment test. Management has used significant judgement 
to determine there was no impairment that occurred after the initial recognition of the intangible asset. Management 
made this assessment using the equity raising price recently achieved by the operations in the CGU which implied a 
value for the CGU in excess of the recorded assets. No adverse events were noted post this equity raising to indicate a 
decline in recoverable value to 30 June 2022

88

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 26 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES – CURRENT

Trade payables – unsecured

Sundry payables and accruals – unsecured

Total

NOTE 27 LEASE AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Current

Non-current

Reclassified to Disposal Group – Current

Reclassified to Disposal Group – Non-current

Total

See Note 2.23.

Notes

Consolidated Entity

2022 
$000

787

885

1,672

171

1,129

1,300

–

–

1,300

2021 
$000

23

334

357

–

–

–

(1,681)

(1,998)

–

The subsidiaries have leases with Deakin at commercial rates of between 2 and 9 years on the premises at Waurn Ponds 
campus in Geelong. The Group has assumed that it is reasonably certain that the option periods will be exercised and 
have included these in the measurement of the lease liability.

NOTE 28 INTEREST-BEARINGS LOANS AND BORROWINGS

Current

Other loans - unsecured

Total current

Other loans - unsecured

Other loans - secured

Total non-current

Total

See Note 33.

–

–

506

2,250

2,756

2,756

399

399

–

–

399

Per the Shareholders Agreements with the BNNT application projects, shareholders may provide financing in the 
form of loans to the entities responsible for the application projects. In 2022, loans were charged interest at 4.52% 
(2021: 3.0%) per annum, are unsecured and payable within three years from the date drawn down. For loans to entities 
which are subsidiaries, the Group’s proportion of the loans are eliminated on consolidation and the loans outstanding 
are the equity interests of the other shareholders. 

PPK has a $2.250M loan with a major bank which is secured against the investment property (Note 20). Interest is paid 
monthly at a floating rate calculated at 2.0% above the bank’s business lending rate, which at the year end, was 4.98% 
per annum in total. The loan is required to be repaid on 31 October 2024.

89

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 29 PROVISIONS

Current

Annual leave

Long service leave

Total current

Non-Current

Long service leave

Make good

Total Non-current

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

311

61

372

–

80

80

134

–

134

13

–

13

Annual leave and current long service leave comprise amounts payable that are vested and could be expected to be 
settled within 12 months of the end of the reporting period.

Non-current long service leave comprises amounts that are not vested at the end of the reporting period and the 
amount and timing of the payments to be made when leave is taken is uncertain.

Make good provision comprise estimated costs to return leased premises and assets to their contractual agreed 
condition on expiry of the lease.

NOTE 30 SHARE CAPITAL
30.1 Issued capital

89.289M (2021: 89.052M) ordinary shares fully paid

75,348

75,348

 Movements in ordinary share capital

  Balance at the beginning of the financial year

  Capital reduction on demerger of PPKMEG

  New shares issued, net of transaction costs

  Shares issued on acquisition, net of costs

  Shares issued from dividend reinvestment plan

  Shares issued for Employee Share Scheme

  Shares issued for Long Term Incentive Plan

Total

75,348

(13,490)

–

–

–

–

317

62,175

59,500

–

14,597

–

479

–

772

75,348

90

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 30 SHARE CAPITAL (continued)
30.2 New shares issued

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

Issued for cash to accelerate research, development and commercialisation 
of BNNT application projects, fund further technology investment 
opportunities and separate the mining business @ $5.50 per share

Less transaction costs for issued share capital

New shares issued for cash, net of transaction costs

Issued from dividend reinvestment plan

Less transaction costs for issued share capital

       10(d)

Issue to Long Term Incentive Plan Trust Account

Less transaction costs for issued share capital

–

–

–

–

–

–

331

(14)

317

15,400

(803)

14,597

483

(4)

479

784

(12)

772

The shares have no par value and each share is entitled to one vote at shareholder meetings. Ordinary shares 
participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the parent entity in proportion to the number of shares held.

Reconciliation of transaction costs on issue of share

For the raising of cash

For the Long Term Incentive Plan Trust Account

For the dividend reinvestment plan

Transaction costs attributable to PPK

For the raising of cash in LIS and WGL

30.3 Share movements
Movements in number of ordinary shares:

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

New shares issued

Total

30.4 Treasury share movements

–

(14)

–

(14)

(342)

(356)

(803)

(12)

(4)

(819)

(1,176)

(1,995)

No. of Shares No. of Shares

89,051,793

85,620,743

237,500

3,431,050

89,289,293

89,051,793

2022

2022

2021

No. of Shares

$000 No. of Shares

Opening balance of treasury shares

454,367

(203)

696,771

Shares purchased in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Shares purchased

Shares sold

Closing balance of treasury shares

–

–

–

–

–

4,367

(204,367)

250,000

94

(246,771)

(109)

454,367

2021

$000

(227)

–

(57)

81

(203)

91

During the year ended 30 June 2022, shares with a cost of $0.094M (2021: $0.081M) were sold for a cash consideration 
of $3.114M (2021: $2.025M). The gain on this transaction was recorded as an increase in equity attributable to members 
of the parent.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 30 SHARE CAPITAL (continued)
30.5 Capital risk management 
The Group considers its capital to comprise its ordinary shares, treasury shares, reserves and retained earnings.

In managing its capital, the Group’s primary objective is to ensure its continued ability to provide a consistent return 
for its equity shareholders through capital growth and distributions and through the payment of annual dividends to 
its shareholders. In order to achieve this objective, the Group seeks to maintain a gearing ratio that balances risks and 
returns at an acceptable level and to maintain a sufficient funding base to enable the Group to meet its working capital 
and strategic investment needs. In making decisions to adjust its capital structure to achieve these aims, either through 
altering its dividend policy, new share issues, share buy-backs, or the increase/reduction of debt, the Group considers 
not only its short-term position but also its long-term operational and strategic objectives.

For the 2022 financial year, the Group’s policy is to maintain its gearing ratio within the range of 0% - 20% 
(2021: 0% - 20%). The Group’s gearing ratio at the balance sheet date is shown below:

Gearing Ratios

Total borrowings

Less cash and cash equivalents

Net debt (cash surplus)

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

Consolidated Entity

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

2,756

(53,008)

(50,252)

112,585

112,585

0%

399

(30,365)

(29,966)

88,264

88,264

0%

The gearing ratio is calculated excluding lease liabilities.

The Group intends to minimise debt, but have the ability to access debt should it be necessary, with a focus on funding 
the technology application projects and maintaining dividend payments. There is no change as to what the Group 
considers to be its capital.

NOTE 31 CAPITAL RESERVES

Reserves

Share options reserve

Share premium reserve

Dividend revaluation reserve

Movement in reserves

31.1 Share options reserve

Opening balance

Issue of performance rights

Shares transferred to trust

Issue of performance rights in a subsidiary company

Reserves belonging to non-controlling interests

Closing balance

31.1

31.2

31.3

38,969

19,068

600

36,430

1,939

38,969

396

16,733

1,939

19,068

396

600

(331)

821

(886)

600

869

311

(784)

–

–

396

92

The share options reserve is used to recognise the value of equity settled share-based payments provided to 
employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration.

The fair value of the options at issue date is deemed to represent the value of employee services received over the 
vesting period, recognised as a proportional share-based payment expense during each reporting period, with the 
corresponding credit taken to a share option reserve.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 31 CAPITAL RESERVES (continued)
31.2 Share premium reserve

Opening balance

Increase in PPK’s and related entities interest in LIS’s issued capital and reserves

Increase in PPK’s and related entities interest in WGL’s issued capital and reserves

Closing balance

Notes

Consolidated Entity

2022 
$000

16,733

19,257

440

36,430

2021 
$000

2,924

12,102

1,707

16,733

The share premium reserve is used to recognise gains and losses on the change of PPK’s interest in subsidiaries that do 
not result in a change of control. During the period, PPK’s interest in LIS and WGL has decreased due to capital raises 
and share disposal transactions to non-controlling interests. As these changes did not result in PPK losing control, the 
corresponding gains were recognised in the share premium reserve.

31.3 Dividend revaluation reserve

Gearing Ratios

Opening balance

Revaluation of LIS’s shares distributed as an in specie dividend 

LIS’s shares distributed as an in specie dividend to minority interests

LIS’s shares distributed as an in specie dividend to treasury shares

Closing balance

1,939

–

–

–

1,939

–

2,219

(263)

(17)

1,939

The dividend revaluation reserve is used to recognise the internal profit generated from the issue of LIS shares to PPK 
shareholders in the form of a special dividend of $0.025 per PPK share held by PPK shareholders on 17 December 2020. 

NOTE 32 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK
The Group’s financial instruments include investments in deposits with banks, receivables, payables and interest bearing 
liabilities. The accounting classifications of each category of financial instruments, as defined in Note 2.12, Note 2.13, 
Note 2.18, Note 2.19 and Note 2.23 and their carrying amounts are set out below.

Weighted 
Average 
Interest 
Rate

Floating 
Interest 
Rate 
$000

Notes

Within 1 
Year  
$000

1 to 9  
Years  
$000

Non- 
Interest 
Bearing 
$000

Consolidated 2022

Financial assets

Loans

Receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables – current

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities 

4.52%

0.0%

0.0%

5.0%

0.0%

7.2%

19

15

14

28

26

27

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,000

–

–

–

560

53,008

2,000

53,568

2,756

–

–

1,672

171

171

1,129

3,885

–

1,672

93

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 32 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK (continued)

Consolidated 2021

Financial assets

Loans

Receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables – current

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities at amortised cost

Weighted 
Average 
Interest 
Rate

Floating 
Interest 
Rate 
$000

Notes

Within 1 
Year  
$000

1 to 9  
Years  
$000

Non- 
Interest 
Bearing 
$000

8.5%

0.0%

0.0%

4.5%

0.0%

19

15

14

28

26

27

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,569

–

–

1,569

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

152

30,365

30,517

399

–

–

399

–

356

–

356

Financial risk management 
The Board of Directors have overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the financial risk management 
framework. The Group’s activities expose it to a range of financial risks including market risk, credit risk and liquidity 
risk. The Group’s risk management policies and objectives are therefore designed to minimise the potential impacts 
of these risks on the results of the Group where such impacts may be material. The Board receives monthly reports, 
which it reviews and regularly discuss the effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the 
objectives and policies to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. 
The Group does not use derivatives.

32.1 Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of the Group’s and parent entity’s financial instruments will 
fluctuate because of changes in market prices.

Market risk comprises three types of risk: equity price risk, interest rate risk and currency risk.

(i) Equity price risk
The Group has a listed and unlisted equity investments which are susceptible to market price risk arising from 
uncertainties about future value of the investment securities. The Group manages the equity price risk through 
reviewing company information for the listed equity investments and updates with the unlisted equity investment’s 
executives to keep abreast of its activities and plans. As the equity investment intends to complete an IPO in the near 
future, the Group will have access to a market price and public information to manage the market price risks.

At the reporting date, the exposure to the listed equity investments was $0.892M and the unlisted equity investment 
was $2.510M at fair value. 

The Group has performed sensitivity analysis relating to its equity price risk based on the Group’s year end exposure. 
This sensitivity analysis demonstrates the effect on pre-tax results and equity which could result from a movement of 
market value of +/- 10%.

Change in profit before tax

- increase in market value by 10%

- decrease in market value by 10%

94

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

340

(340)

447

(447)

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 32 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK (continued)
32.1 Market risk (continued)

(ii) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a security will fluctuate due to changes in interest 
rates. Exposure to interest risk arises due to holding floating rate interest bearing liabilities, investments in cash and 
cash equivalents and loans to related parties and other entities. 

Loans to and from related parties and other entities are at fixed rates. The Group has performed sensitivity analysis 
relating to its interest rate risk based on the Group’s year end exposure. This sensitivity analysis demonstrates the effect 
on pre-tax results and equity which could result from a movement of interest rates of +/- 1%.

Change in profit before tax

- increase in interest rates by 1%

- decrease in interest rates by 1%

Notes

2022 
$000

2021 
$000

530

(530)

–

–

(iii) Currency Risk
Currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial item will fluctuate as a result of movements 
in international exchange rates. The Group was not exposed to exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency 
sales or foreign currency purchases during the year. Sales revenue for the Group for the year was all denominated in 
Australian dollars (2021: 100%). The Group does not take forward cover or hedge its risk exposure.

The Group is exposed to currency risk in relation to its equity investment which is in US dollars (see Note 32.1(i)). At the 
year end, the equity investment was converted from United States Dollars to Australian Dollars at the exchange rate of 
$0.6889 at 30 June 2022.

Change in profit before tax

- increase in USD currency rate by $.05

- decrease in USD currency rate by $.05

(125)

125

(23)

23

32.2 Credit risk
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is generally the carrying amount trade and other receivables, net of 
any allowance for credit losses, and loans. The Group has in place formal policies for establishing credit approval and 
limits so as to manage the risk. For loans to unrelated third parties, the Group takes adequate security generally by a 
registered first mortgage over property of the borrower and/or a registered security interest (fixed and circulating) 
on the PPSR by way of a loan offer, loan agreement, general security interest agreement and deed of guarantee and 
indemnity and mortgage.

For related party loans, the Group has oversight to the operations of the business through Directors appointed to the 
Board of these entities, and regular operating and financial information being provided to the Group. As a result, the 
Group can influence the financial performance of the related parties and take appropriate actions to protect its loans.

The Group also has a credit risk exposure in relation to cash at bank. The Group’s policy is to ensure funds are invested 
with Tier 1 Australian banks thus minimising the Group’s exposure to this credit risk. Refer to Note 15 for detail on the 
Group’s trade and other receivables. 

The geographic location of customers, relating to these trade receivables, is disclosed in Note 3.1 of these accounts.

Australia

100%

100%

–

–

95

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 32 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS RISK (continued)
32.3 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group and parent will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with 
financial liabilities. The Group’s objective to mitigate liquidity risk is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding 
and flexibility through the use of bank loans, other loans and lease agreements. The Group exposure to liquidity risk is 
not significant based on available funding facilities and cash flow forecasts. Details of the Group’s financing facilities are 
set-out in Note 32.

Financial liabilities maturity analysis
The tables below reflect the undiscounted contractual settlement terms for the Group’s financial liabilities of a fixed 
period of maturity, as well as the earliest possible settlement period for all other financial liabilities. As such the amounts 
may not reconcile to the balance sheet. 

Consolidated 2022

Financial liabilities (current & non-current)

Trade and other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

Consolidated 2021

Financial liabilities (current & non-current)

Trade and other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

Carrying 
amount 
$000

<6 
months 
$000

6-12
months
$000

1-3 years 
$000

>3 years 
$000

Contractual 
Cash flows 
$000

1,669

2,000

1,300

4,969

1,669

–

95

1,764

356

399

–

755

356

–

–

356

–

–

101

101

–

–

–

–

–

2,180

298

2,478

–

–

806

806

1,669

2,180

1,300

5,149

–

399

–

399

–

–

–

–

356

399

–

755

NOTE 33 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Fair value
The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities listed below approximate their fair value.

Estimated discounted cash flows were used to measure fair value, except for fair values of financial assets that were 
traded in active markets that are based on quoted market prices.

Hierarchy
The following tables classify financial instruments recognised in the statement of financial position of the Group 
according to the hierarchy stipulated in AASB13 as follows:

 – Level 1 – the instrument has quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
 – Level 2 – a valuation technique is used using inputs other than quoted prices within Level 1 that are observable for 

financial instruments, either directly (i.e. as prices), or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); or

 – Level 3 – a valuation technique is used using inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable 

inputs).

 –

96

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 33 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT (continued)

Fair value (continued)

Assets

Group 2022

Non-current assets
Listed securities

Unlisted equity securities

Group 2021

Non-current assets
Listed securities

Unlisted equity securities

Notes

Level 1
$000

Level 2
$000

Level 3
$000

Total
$000

18

18

18

18

892

–

892

2,214

–

2,214

–

–

–

–

–

2,510

2,510

892

2,510

3,402

2,258

2,258

2,214

2,258

4,472

The level 3 fair value assessment of unlisted equity securities has been based on advice provided by the investee 
company. On 13 May 2022, Zeta Energy was converted from an LLC “taxed as a partnership” to a C Corporation, LIS’s 
interest was converted to 1,729,000 shares of Class B common stock and Zeta Energy has confirmed the shares are 
valued at USD1.00 per share at 30 June 2022. The valuation of the investment at USD1,729,000 equates to AUD$2.510M 
at the prevailing exchange rate on 30 June 2022 of $0.6889.

NOTE 34 CONTINGENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The Group’s non-bank guarantees and indemnities include:

 –

 –

a finance facility up to a maximum of $4.000M from a major Australian bank for discontinuing operations, secured 
against the debtors of PPK Mining Equipment Pty Ltd, secured by a guarantee and indemnity from PPK Group 
Limited, PPK Mining Equipment Group Pty Ltd and the subsidiaries of the mining division. The Group’s guarantee 
and indemnity was terminated in August 2022.

the lease motor vehicle fleet provider for discontinuing operations has a guarantee and indemnity from PPK Group 
Limited in relation to the run-off of the existing leased motor vehicle fleet in the amount of $0.175M

The Group has the following contingent liabilities:

 – $0.298M for its proportion of funding the BNNT Precious Metals Pty Ltd project for continuing operations, should it 

be required.

The Group is defending a claim in the Supreme Court of NSW in relation to a dispute pertaining to the vesting 
conditions of a business acquired in 2014 with a vendor employee for the second tranche of $0.500 of share plus 
interest and costs for continuing operations. As advised in the 2016 Annual Report, the Group does not believe the 
vesting conditions were met and still maintains this position.

See Note 35 for additional contingent assets and liabilities.

97

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES
For details on transactions between related parties refer to Note 9, Note 21, Note 22 and Note 34.

35.1 PPK Group Limited 
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of each director and key management personnel 
(‘KMP”) of PPK Group Limited are shown in the table below:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees  
($)

Cash 
Bonus  
($)

Non- 
Monetary 
($)

Post 
employ-
ment 
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion 
Payments 
($)

(1)Share
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related  
%

Total  
($)

2022

Directors

Non-Executive

A McDonald

75,000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

75,000 

Executive

R Levison

G Molloy

D McNamara(2)

Total Directors

Other Key 
Management 
Personnel

K Hostland(3)

Total Other

Total Key 
Management 
Personnel

– 

–

–

–

–

211,883 

240,000 

200,000 

726,883 

406,250  260,000

406,250  260,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

27,500 

–

–

27,500 

27,500 

27,500 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

239,383 

240,000 

– 200,000 

–

754,383 

275,900  969,650 

275,900  969,650 

55 

55 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,133,133  260,000 

–

55,000 

–

275,900  1,724,033 

31 

(1) 

 All equity settled share-based payments for the LTI Plan fully vested on 1 July 2021. K Hostland also participates in the Executive 
Rights Plan and received 34,704 performance rights in both the Special Catch-Up Grant and the FY Performance Rights.

(2)  D McNamara also has use of a fully maintained motor vehicle.

(3) 

 The cash bonus includes a bonus from PPK of $160,000 for the 2021 financial year and $100,000 paid by WGL to PPK this 
financial year for his involvement in a pre-IPO process.

The above table presents the Directors and key management personnel of PPK and the amounts they have been 
remunerated in respect of their management of the Group.

For clarity, the $260,000 cash bonus for K Hostland includes the $100,000 shown in the White Graphene remuneration 
table. Amounts are not included in the table above for other KMPs that are shown in the White Graphene table on the 
basis that payments to A McDonald, R Levison and G Molloy were paid directly to them by White Graphene whereas the 
payment to K Hostland was paid to PPK who then paid K Hostland.

98

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1 PPK Group Limited (continued)
Directors and key management personnel were also remunerated by LIS and WGL for the year ended 30 June 2022 as 
follows, in addition to the above table:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees  
($)

Cash 
Bonus  
($)

Non- 
Monetary 
($)

Post 
employ-
ment 
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion 
Payments 
($)

(1)Share
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related  
%

Total  
($)

–

–

–

196,000 

–

196,000 

196,000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

157,122 

157,122 

157,122 

157,122 

314,244 

314,244 

–

–

–

196,000 

–

196,000 

314,244 

510,244 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2022

Li-S ENERGY LIMITED

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

Other KMP

G Molloy(2)

K Hostland(3)

Total Other

Total KMP

(1) 

 Equity settled share based payments. Each tranche of the service rights granted are expensed over the vesting period from the 
date of granting to the date that the last tranche vests resulting in a proportionally larger expense recognised in the earlier years. 
Share based payments for directors are not performance related but are in lieu of salary and fees.

(2)  Remunerated through a consulting agreement on 12 June 2021 at an agreed hourly rate for work undertaken on behalf of LIS

(3)  Remunerated by PPK Group Limited

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees  
($)

Cash 
Bonus  
($)

Non- 
Monetary 
($)

Post 
employ-
ment 
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion 
Payments 
($)

(1)Share
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related  
%

Total  
($)

2022

WHITE GRAPHENE 
LIMITED

Directors

R Levison

G Molloy

20,000 

100,000 

20,000  400,000 

A McDonald

20,000 

100,000 

Total Directors

60,000  600,000 

Other KMP

K Hostland

Total Other

Total KMP

– 100,000 

– 100,000 

60,000  700,000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

120,000 

– 420,000 

–

–

120,000 

660,000 

83 

95 

83 

–

–

–

100,000 

100 

100,000 

760,000 

99

(1) 

 The cash bonus was for services provided during the reporting period by each KMP working extended hours in connection with 
their involvement in a pre IPO process which fall outside their normal roles and duties. The KMPs reinvested the cash bonus 
into the capital raise in the year and the payments are included in professional fees in the statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income. The IPO was deferred due to changes in investment markets this calendar year.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1  PPK Group Limited (continued)
Directors and key management personnel also provided services to the other subsidiary companies, the associated 
companies and the joint venture for which they were not remunerated.

Remuneration Details for the year ended 30 June 2021 for Directors’ and Key Management Personnel
Details of the nature and amount of each element of the remuneration of each director and key management personnel 
(‘KMP’) of PPK Group Limited are shown in the table below:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees  
($)

Cash 
Bonus  
($)

Non- 
Monetary 
($)

Post 
employ-
ment 
Super- 
annuation 
($)

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion 
Payments 
($)

(1)Share
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related  
%

Total  
($)

50,000

43,333

215,000

240,000 

200,000 

748,333

–

-

–

–

–

–

325,000 150,000

325,000 150,000

–

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-

25,000

–

–

25,000

25,000

25,000

1,073,333 150,000

–

50,000

–

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

-

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

88,057

138,057

64

-

–

–

43,333

240,000

240,000 

70,701

270,701

158,758

932,091

56,561

556,561

56,561

556,561

–

–

–

26

–

37

–

215,319 1,488,652

–

2021

Directors

Non-Executive

A McDonald

G Webb

Executive

R Levison

G Molloy

D McNamara(2)

Total Directors

Other Key 
Management 
Personnel

K Hostland(3)

Total Other

Total Key 
Management 
Personnel

(1) 

 Equity settled share based payments. Performance rights granted are expensed over the performance period, which includes the 
year to which the bonus relates and the subsequent vesting period of rights. All performance rights fully vested on 1 July 2021.

(2)  D McNamara also has use of a fully maintained motor vehicle.

(3)  The cash bonus relates to the 2020 financial year.

The above table presents the Directors and key management personnel of PPK and the amounts they have been 
remunerated in respect of their management of the Group.

100

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1 PPK Group Limited (continued)
Directors and key management personnel were also remunerated by LIS and WGL for the year ended 30 June 2021 as 
follows, in addition to the above table:

Short Term Benefits

Salary & 
Fees  
($)

(5)Cash 
Bonus  
($)

Non- 
Monetary 
($)

Post- 
employ-
ment 
Super- 
annuation 
($)

16,667 

100,000 

16,667  400,000 

16,667  200,000 

– 100,000 

50,001  800,000 

16,667 

16,667 

16,667 

50,001 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2021

LI-S ENERGY LIMITED

R Levison

G Molloy

A McDonald

K Hostland

WHITE GRAPHENE 
LIMITED 

R Levison

G Molloy

A McDonald

Long 
Term 
Benefits 
($)

Termina- 
tion 
Payments 
($)

(4)Share
Based 
Payments 
($)

Perfor- 
mance 
Related  
%

Total  
($)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

24,444 

141,111 

–

416,667 

24,444 

241,111 

71 

96 

83 

–

100,000 

100 

48,888  898,889 

–

–

–

–

16,667 

16,667 

16,667 

50,001 

–

–

–

–

(4) 

(5) 

 Equity settled share based payments. Service rights granted are expensed over the vesting period from the date of granting to the 
date that the last tranche vests.

 The cash bonus was for services provided by each individual for working extended hours in connection with the preparation of 
and involvement in the IPO processes and the pre-IPO capital raise, including performing market research, attending additional 
meetings, prospectus drafting and other related activities which fall outside

PPK Group Limited
As at the end of the financial year, the number of ordinary shares in PPK Group Limited held by directors and Key 
Management Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison(1)

G Molloy(2) (3)

Share
Balance at
Start of Year

Shares 
Transferred 
from PPK 
LTIP 

Shares
Acquired

Shares 
Acquired

Shares 
Sold

Adjust for 
Director 
Ceasing in 
the Year

Shares Held 
at the End of 
the Reporting 
Period

4,100,153 

14,468,121 

–

–

–

–

(50,000) 

50,000 

7,014,866 

(255,000) 

–

– 

4,050,153 

21,277,987 

D McNamara(4)

3,043,332 

400,000 

409,120 

– 

–

–

–

–

– 

–

(3,443,332) 

 - 

– 

409,120 

A McDonald

Total Directors

Other Key 
Management 
Personnel

K Hostland

Total Other

Total

22,020,726 

400,000 

50,000 

7,014,866 

(305,000) 

(3,443,332) 

25,737,260 

428,692 

244,000 

428,692 

244,000 

– 

–

– 

–

(113,192) 

(113,192) 

– 

–

559,500 

559,500 

22,449,418 

644,000 

50,000 

7,014,866 

(418,192) 

(3,443,332)  26,296,760 

101

(1) 

Shares sold to a family member.

(2)  Share movement of 7,014,866 was as a result of appointment as a Trustee from a Trust.

(3)  Share movement of 255,000 was as a result of retirement as a Trustee from a Trust.

(4)  Removes D McNamara share holding as he ceased to be a Director during the year.

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1 PPK Group Limited (continued)

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

November 
2020 DRP(1) 

Shares 
Transferred 
from PPK 
LTIP(2)

Shares 
Acquired(3)

Shares  
Sold

Adjust for 
Director 
Ceasing in 
the Year

Shares Held 
at the End of 
the Reporting 
Period

2021

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison(4)

G Molloy(5)

D McNamara(4)

A McDonald

G Webb(6)

4,433,572 

14,582,610 

4,530,461 

407,924 

9,749,399 

11,581 

37,035 

11,834 

1,066 

25,467 

86,983 

–

–

1,037 

130 

–

1,167 

–

–

(345,000) 

(151,524) 

– (1,500,000) 

–

–

–

–

4,100,153 

14,468,121 

3,043,332 

409,120 

(9,774,866) 

–

–

–

(1,996,524) 

(9,774,866)  22,020,726 

–

–

–

Total Directors

33,703,966 

Other Key 
Management 
Personnel

K Hostland

Total Other

Total

254,878 

254,878 

665 

665 

56,649 

56,649 

125,000 

125,000 

(8,500) 

(8,500) 

–

–

428,692 

428,692 

33,958,844 

87,648 

57,816 

125,000  (2,005,024) 

(9,774,866) 

22,449,418 

(1) 

 Shares issued @ $3.8282 per share being the price at which shares were issued to all shareholders participating in the Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan regarding the dividend paid by the Company on 20 November 2020.

(2) 

Includes shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan to PPK LTIP in error and transferred to LTIP participants.

(3)  Shares in a related party under the control of the KMP.

(4)  Shares sold in conjunction with the Strategic Capital Raise announced 27 November 2020.

(5)  Share movement was as a result of retirement as a Trustee from a Trust.

(6)  Removes G Webb shareholding as he ceased to be a Director during the year.

As at the end of the financial year, the number of Performance Rights in PPK held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Executive Rights Plan

Name and
Grant Dates

K Hostland

Special 
Catch-Up 
Grant(1)

FY22 
Performance 
Rights(2)

Balance  
at Start 
of the Year

Granted 
During
Year

Vested Exercised

Forfeited

Vested Unvested

No.

No.

%

No.

No.

%

No.

Balance at 
End of Year 
Unvested

Maximum  
$ value to vest(3)

–

–

– 34,704 

– 34,704 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 34,704 

91,967 

– 34,704 

–

(1)  The performance rights fully vest on 30 June 2023.

(2)  The performance rights fully vest on 30 June 2024.

(3) 

 The maximum value of the Performance Rights yet to vest has been determined as the amount of the grant date fair value of the 
Performance Rights that is yet to be expensed which was calculated using the number of Performance Rights that were granted.

102

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1 PPK Group Limited (continued)

2022

Executive Rights Plan

Name and
Grant Dates

D McNamara

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

A McDonald
Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

K Hostland

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 4

Balance  
at Start 
of the Year

Granted 
During
Year

Vested

Exercised

Forfeited

Vested Unvested

No.

No.

%

No.

No.

%

No.

Balance at 
End of Year 
Unvested

Maximum  
$ value to vest(3)

100,000 

100,000 

100,000 

100,000 

12,500 

12,500 

12,500 

12,500 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

75,000 

(100,000) 

(100,000) 

(100,000) 

(100,000) 

–

–

–

–

(75,000) 

(75,000) 

(75,000) 

(75,000) 

(1)  The performance rights fully vested on 1 July 2021.

LIS
As at the end of the financial year, the number of ordinary shares in LIS held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

Other KMP

G Molloy(1)

K Hostland

Total Other

Total KMP

(1)  Entered into a consulting agreement on 12 June 2021.

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

Shares 
Acquired

Shares  
Sold

Share 
Balance at 
End of Year

2,776,917

866,961

13,632

–

3,643,878

13,632

6,440,784

504,295

6,945,079

–

24,771

24,771

10,588,957

38,403

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,790,549

866,961

3,657,510

6,440,784

529,066

6,969,850

10,627,360

103

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1 PPK Group Limited (continued)

2021

Directors

Non-Executive

R Levison

A McDonald

Total Directors

Executive Director

G Molloy(1)

Total Executive Director

Total KMP

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

Shares
Issued
via PPK’s
In-specie
Dividend

Shares 
Acquired

Shares  
Sold

Share 
Balance at 
End of Year

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,576,917

1,200,000

166,961

700,000

1,743,878

1,900,000

5,640,784

800,000

5,640,784

800,000

7,384,662

2,700,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,776,917

866,961

3,643,878

6,440,784

6,440,784

10,084,662

(1)  Resigned as a Director on 11 June 2021.

As at the end of the financial year, the number of Service Rights in LIS held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

 Balance at  
Start of Year(1)

Granted 
During 
the Year 

Vested Exercised

Forfe-
ited

Vested & 
Unexe-
rcised

Unvested Unvested

No

%

No

No

%

No

Balance at 
End of Year 
Unvested

Maximum  
$ Value to 
Vest(2)

Directors

R Levison
A McDonald 480,000

480,000

– 160,000

– 160,000

100%

100%

Total 
Directors

960,000

– 320,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1)  There were nil vested and unexercised rights at the beginning of the year.

– 160,000 320,000

– 160,000 320,000

64,251

64,251

– 320,000 640,000

128,502

(2) 

 The maximum value of service rights to vest has been calculated as the amount of the grant date fair value of the service rights 
yet to be expensed.

2021

Balance at  
Start of Year

Granted 
During 
the Year

Vested Exercised

Forfe-
ited

Vested & 
Unexe-
rcised

Unvested Unvested

No

%

No

No

%

No

Balance at 
End of Year 
Unvested

Maximum  
$ Value to 
Vest(1)

Directors

R Levison

A McDonald

Total 
Directors

– 480,000

– 480,000

– 1,440,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

480,000

480,000

240,000

240,000

– 1,440,000

720,000

(1) 

 The maximum value of service rights to vest has been calculated as the amount of the grant date fair value of the service rights 
yet to be expensed.

104

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.1 PPK Group Limited (continued)

WGL
As at the end of the financial year, the number of ordinary shares in WGL held by directors and Key Management 
Personnel during the 2022 and 2021 reporting periods is set out below:

2022

Directors

R Levison

G Molloy

A McDonald

G Pullen

Total Directors

Other KMP

K Hostland

Total Other

Total

Share 
Balance at 
Start of Year

(1)Shares 
Acquired

Shares  
Sold

Shares Held 
at the End of 
the Reporting 
Period

250,000

250,000

–

–

–

1,000,000

250,000

–

250,000

1,500,000

–

–

250,000

250,000

250,000

1,750,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

500,000

1,000,000

250,000

–

1,750,000

250,000

250,000

2,000,000

(1) 

Shares were acquired at $0.40 per share as part of the capital raise process.

35.2 The Group has the following related party agreements in place:

Supply Agreement between LIS and BNNTTL
A supply agreement for the supply of BNNTs, with a purity of at least 95% or otherwise agreed, for the purpose of using 
BNNTs in the development, testing and manufacture of the LIS batteries. The key terms of the supply agreement are as 
follows: 

 – LIS may only order from BNNTTL to use BNNTs in the Customer’s development, testing and manufacture of 

batteries or any other purpose agreed between the parties in writing; and

 –

the initial term of the agreement is 5 years and it automatically renews for further 2 year terms unless LIS elects not 
to renew the agreement by giving at least 3 months’ notice prior to the expiry of the latest term.

Distribution Agreement between LIS and BNNTTL
A worldwide exclusive distribution agreement pursuant to which LIS is appointed as distributor for BNNT products, 
with a purity of at least 95% or otherwise agreed, within the battery industry, with certain exclusive distribution rights in 
respect of lithium-sulphur batteries. The key material terms of the distribution agreement are as follows:

LIS may only buy BNNTs from BNNTTL to:

 – distribute on an exclusive basis BNNTs to third party customers (Customers), provided the Customers are only 

permitted to use BNNTs to develop, test or manufacture lithium-sulphur batteries; and

 – distribute on a non-exclusive basis BNNTs to Customers, provided the Customers are only permitted to use BNNTs to: 

 – develop, test or manufacture batteries that are not lithium-sulphur batteries (including to stockpile BNNTs for 

later use in accordance with forecasts); and

 – manufacture nanomesh products incorporating BNNTs (including Li-Nanomesh) for the use in any form or type 

of battery;

 –

and any other purpose agreed between the parties in writing.

LIS is not restricted from distributing Li-Nanomesh (or other nanomesh products), or BNNTs to LIS’s customers who 
have a licence from LIS to manufacture Li-Nanomesh (or other nanomesh products).

The initial term of the agreement is 5 years and it automatically renews for further 2 year terms unless LIS elects not to 
renew the agreement by giving at least 3 months’ notice prior to the expiry of the latest term.

105

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D) 
 
 
 
NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.2 The Group has the following related party agreements in place: (continued)

Management Services Agreement between LIS and PPK Aust
A management services agreement pursuant to which PPK Aust will provide administrative functions such as 
accounting, record keeping, reporting, legal, company secretarial support, IT/systems support, etc. It is also appointed, 
to the extent permitted by law to facilitate/oversee the funding and capital raising requirements of the company and 
is paid a funding fee of up to 1% of any debt or capital raised that it facilitates. PPK Aust will also provide staff to act in 
key officer roles including the public officer, chief financial officer and company secretary. The key material terms of the 
management services agreement are as follows:

 – PPK Aust is paid a fee for providing the management services, which the scope of services to be provided and the 

fee is reviewed and agreed between the parties every 3 months;

 –

the agreement is for an initial term of 3 years and can be renewed by PPK Aust for a further 3 year term upon notice 
being provided by PPK Aust not later than 3 months prior to the expiry of the initial term;

 – PPK Aust may terminate the agreement on 30 days’ notice if it is not satisfied with the Annual Plan of LIS; and
 – LIS may terminate the agreement at will on 6 months’ notice.
 – LIS indemnifies PPK Aust for any loss that arises from the performance by PPK Aust of its obligations under the 

agreement.

Research Framework Agreement between LIS and Deakin
A research framework agreement which governs all research projects conducted between LIS and Deakin as set out in 
Project Schedules made under the agreement. The key material terms of the research framework agreement are as follows: 

 – The parties may from time to time enter into Project Schedules made under the agreement for research projects 

proposed and negotiated by the parties. Such Project Schedules include terms around payment, steering 
committees, specified personnel of the parties and insurances required ; and

 – Each party will retain ownership of their respective intellectual property developed prior to the date a Project 

commences or is acquired or developed independent of the agreement but grants a non-transferrable licence to 
the other party to use such background intellectual property for the purposes of the relevant Project. Any new 
intellectual property created, developed or discovered in the conduct of a Project vests in LIS (Project IP) and 
Deakin is granted a non-exclusive, perpetual, non-transferable, royalty free licence to use the Project IP for the 
purposes of the Project and for non-commercial research, teaching and scholarly pursuits. 

The Shareholders Agreement between PPK Aust., Deakin and BNNTTL was terminated on 20 July 2021.

A Joint Venture Agreement between BNNTTL and Deakin
A Joint Venture Agreement for the research, development and commercialisation of new and existing technologies and 
products where BNNT can be used to create and/or improve these technologies and products whereby:

 – BNNTTL provides BNNT and related technologies, products, technical skills and know how;
 – Deakin provides existing intellectual property, services of specialist personnel from the Institute of Frontier Materials 

and other equipment including the university’s specialist facilities where required; and

 – PPK provides all other services to commercialise the new technologies and services, including the procurement of 

other specialists with experience in the respective industries, and source or assist with funding and industry partners.

The agreement provides for an initial six BNNT application projects with a joint ownership of PPK having a 65% interest, 
Deakin University having a 25% interest and BNNT having a 10% interest of those entities incorporated for each project. 
However, the agreement provides for alternative ownership arrangements for BNNT application projects that are 
entered into outside of the initial six BNNT application projects.

Technology Licence Agreement between BNNTTL and Deakin
A Technology Licence Agreement for an exclusive global 20 years to commercialise the BNNT manufacturing 
technology patented by Deakin University expiring on 31 May 2038. The Agreement has a quarterly royalty payment 
of 5% of the gross revenue received by or payable to BNNT Technology Limited or any of its sub-licensees payable 
to Deakin. The commitment to generate $50.000M of gross revenues within the first three years after the Evaluation 
Completion Date was terminated on 19 July 2021. 

106

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.2 The Group has the following related party agreements in place: (continued)

Lease Agreements
BNNTTL has a three-year lease with Deakin with two three-year options for approximately 986 m2 at Waurn Pond, 
Geelong commencing 7 March 2022. The initial rent payments commence 1 July 2022 at $13,147 per month, plus 
building outgoings, with a 3% increase on the annual anniversary date of the lease and a market review at the 
commencement of each option period. The landlord must be notified by the tenant within six months and not more 
than twelve months if the tenant wants to exercise the option period. The lease includes all electrical, air conditioning, 
fixtures and fittings that are installed. The lease also provides for first right of refusal for an additional 284 m2 expansion 
space on similar terms and conditions as the existing lease.

BNNTTL has a one year lease extension with Deakin for the premises at Waurn Pond, Geelong commencing 1 June 2022 
for $6,601 per month. BNNTTL has sub-leased these premises to WGL on the same terms and conditions as the existing 
lease extension.

The following conditions of the previous lease with Deakin were waived in August 2022:

 –
 –

an initial $0.500M payment for Deakin to develop a research plan for BNNTTL; and

a $2.000M per annum payment for research funding once BNNTTL revenue exceeds $5.000M per annum.

PPK has a lease property to MI, a subsidiary of an associated company, for $240,000 per annum, plus outgoings, 
with CPI increases on an annual basis and market reviews at the beginning of an option period. The lease expires on 
26 August 2024 and has two three-year option periods at the option of the tenant.

35.3 Related Party Transactions

Management Services
PPK charged the following companies for management support services during the financial year:

Company

BNNTTL(1)

LIS

Strategic Alloys

WGL

Amount $

1,052,000

600,000

15,000

120,000

1,787,000

(1) 

 The amount of $788,000 relates to the previous financial year, however it was not agreed and charged until the current financial year.

Sale of BNNT
BNNTTL charged the following companies for sales of BNNT during the financial year:

Company

Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd

Ballistic Glass

Deakin

LIS

Precious Metals

Strategic Alloys

3D Dental

Amount $

2,910

8,000

7,500

54,682

16,000

36,265

4,000

129,357

107

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 35 RELATED PARTIES (continued)
35.3 Related Party Transactions (continued)

Research and Development
The following research and development charges were made during the financial year:

Deakin charged the following companies for research and development during the financial year:

Company

BNNTTL

LIS

Precious Metals

Strategic Alloys

WGL

Amount $

52,832

1,941,678

100,000

52,500

1,637,703

3,784,713

Amaero International Limited charged Strategic Alloys $5,196 research and development during the financial year.

Leases
Deakin charged the following companies for leases during the financial year:

Company

BNNTTL

LIS

Share Sales
The following sales of shares in related parties were made during the financial year:

Company

BNNNTL

Company Shares Sold

LIS

35.4 Related Party Balances
The related party balances are at 30 June 2022 are:

Receivable from

PPKMEG

Survivon

Ballistic Glass

See also Note 37.1.2. and 37.1.4.

Payable to

PPK

PPK

PPK

Amount $

84,054

133,448

217,502

Amount $

8,500,000

Notes

19

22.1

22.3

Amount
$000

2,000

628

66

108

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 36 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

Percentage Owned

Subsidiaries of PPK Group Limited –  
Continued Operations:

PPK Aust. Pty Ltd

PPK Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

Li-S Energy Limited

White Graphene Limited

BNNT Technology Limited

BNNT Precious Metals Limited

Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd

3D Dental Technology Pty Ltd

PPK Prop Co 1 Pty Ltd

PPK Plans Pty Ltd

PPK Plans 2 Pty Ltd

BNNT Ballistics Pty Ltd

AIC Investment Corporation Pty Ltd

Willoughby NSW Holdings Pty Ltd

Willoughby NSW Pty Ltd

Rutuba Pty Limited

Seven Hills Property Holdings Pty Ltd

Dandenong South Property Pty Ltd

PPK Finance Pty Ltd

Joint venture with PPK Group Limited

Survivon Pty Ltd

Associates of PPK Group Limited

Craig International Ballistics Pty Ltd

Ballistic Glass Pty Ltd

AMAG Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Subsidiaries – Disposal Group:

PPK Mining Equipment Group Pty Ltd

PPK Mining Equipment Pty Limited

PPK Mining Equipment Hire Pty Ltd

PPK Mining Repairs Alternators Pty Ltd

PPK Firefly Pty Ltd

PPK Properties Pty Ltd

PPK Electrics Pty Ltd

York Group Limited

Rambor Pty Ltd

Rambor Manufacturing Pty Ltd

Rambor Logistics & Asset Management Pty Ltd

PPK Electrics Holdings Pty Ltd

Coaltec Pty Ltd

PPK IP Pty Ltd 

Country of 
Incorporation

Notes

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

36.12

36.5

36.12

36.12

36.12

36.3

36.4

36.1

36.2

36.7

36.8

36.9

36.10

2022
%

100%

100%

45.4%

58.7%

51%

45%

45%

45%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

–

–

–

2021
%

100%

100%

51.8%

64.4%

51%

45%

45%

45%

100%

100%

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Australia

36.11

47.6%

–

Australia

Australia

Australia

Country of 
Incorporation

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

45%

40%

35%

45%

40%

20%

Percentage Owned

2022
%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

2021
%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

36.6

Notes

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

36.13

109

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 36 INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES (continued)
36.1 

 Willoughby NSW Holdings Pty Ltd (formerly PPK Willoughby Holdings Pty Ltd) acts as the trustee company of 
the PPK Willoughby Funding Unit Trust. The Group holds 22.86% of issued units of this trust which is considered 
an associate of the Group.

36.2   Willoughby NSW Pty Ltd (formerly) PPK Willoughby Pty Ltd acts as the trustee company of the PPK Willoughby 

Purchaser Unit Trust. PPK Willoughby Funding Unit Trust holds 80% of issued units of this trust.

36.3  PPK Plans Pty Ltd is the trustee for the PPK Long Term Incentive Plan.

36.4  PPK Plans 2 Pty Ltd was incorporated on 14 February 2022 is the trustee for the PPK Executive Rights Plan.

36.5   BNNT Technology Limited was previously a joint venture but became a subsidiary on 4 August 2021 (Note 20.3, 21.1.2).

36.6  PPK made multiple investments in the company during the period (Note 22.2.2).

36.7  The company has applied to be deregistered.

36.8  The company was deregistered on 11 May 2022.

36.9  The company was deregistered on 8 June 2022.

36.10 The company was deregistered on 11 May 2022.

36.11  The investment in the company was done on 23 September 2021.

36.12   The Group considers that it is contracted to provide both funding and commercialising the development of the 

BNNT application projects each entity undertakes, it provides key management personnel, critical services, 
technology, supplies and raw materials thus it is responsible for affecting the outcomes and economic returns of 
the entity and accounts for these entities as a subsidiary (Note 2.24).

36.13  The companies were demerged from the PPK on 29 June 2022 (Note 13).

NOTE 37 EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE REPORTING PERIOD
37.1 PPK
37.1.1  On 1 July 2022, PPK appointed Anne-Marie Birkill as an Independent Non-Executive Director of the Company.

37.1.2  On 14 July 2022, PPK loaned $600,000 to PPKMEG for a period of 12 months at 8.0% interest. The loan is secured 
against inventory of mining equipment assets purchased from a competitor in the mining equipment industry

37.1.3  In August 2022, PPK made an advance facility of up to $1,000 million should WGL require the funds. The 

facility remains open for a period of one year or upon WGL completes a capital raise of a minimum of $3.575M, 
whichever is earlier.

37.1.4 PPK has invested $0.335M in AMAG’s equity, loaned $125,000 to Survivon and $0.015M to Precious Metals.

37.1.5  On 2 August 2022, Survivon assigned the debt owing to PPK of $0.645M and the debt owing to the other 

shareholder of $0.083M to MI. Survivon then completed a selective share buyback from its shareholders with 
both shareholders selling 100% of its shareholding to Survivon. PPK received $0.864M for its interest in Survivon 
and used these funds to acquire 91% of the shares in MI from Survivon. The shareholders then terminated the 
Shareholder Agreement on the same date.

110

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)NOTE 37 EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE REPORTING PERIOD (continued)
37.1 PPK (continued) 
The summarised financial information of MI is provided below. This information is based on provisional management 
information and is before inter-company and consolidation eliminations. 

Summarised Statement of Financial Position

Assets

Cash

Inventories

Other current assets

Plant and equipment

Security deposit

Total assets

Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions and lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

$000

16

513

42

489

60

1,120

456

26

482

638

MI will be consolidated from 2 August 2022, being the date of the acquisition. The acquisition accounting for the 
business combination is provisional financial information and will be disclosed at the half year.

37.1.6 In August 2022, PPKMEG restructured its $4.000M finance facility from a major Australian bank and the 
guarantee and indemnity previously provided by the Group was terminated.

37.2 LIS
On 14 July 2022, LIS loaned $1.400M to PPK Mining Equipment Group (PPKMEG) for a period of 12 months at 8.0% 
interest. The loan is secured against a property in Mt Thorley, NSW which was independently valued at $2.000M.

37.3WGL
On 21 July 2022, WGL approved a 1 for 2 bonus issue and, on completion of the bonus issue, it approved a capital 
raise of a minimum of $3.575M and a maximum of $8.575M at $0.50 per share with the issuance of between 7.150M to 
17.150M shares. 

On 3 August 2022, WGL incorporated a 100% subsidiary called WGL Plans Pty Ltd which will be the trustee for the 
WGL long term incentive plan. On 9 August 2022, WGL issued 1,000,000 WGL fully paid ordinary shares to WGL Plans 
Pty Ltd which resulted in WGL having 92.900M shares issued. On the same day it completed the 1 for 2 bonus issue 
resulting in an increase of 46.450M shares issued for a total number of shares on issue to 139.350M. At the time the 
Directors have signed off on this report, the capital raise is in progress.

In August 2022, PPK made an advance facility of up to $1.000M should WGL require the funds. The facility remains 
open for a period of one year or upon WGL completing its capital raise, whichever is earlier.

There have been no other matter or circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial period which is not 
otherwise dealt with in this report or in the Financial Statements that has significantly affected or may significantly 
affect the operations of the Company, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Company in 
subsequent financial years.

111

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsNOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONT’D)Directors’ Declaration

1. 

In the opinion of the Directors of PPK Group Limited;

a) 

 The consolidated financial statements and notes of PPK Group Limited are in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including

(i)   Giving a true and fair view of is financial position as at 30 June 2022 and of its performance for the 

financial year ended on that date; and

(ii)   Complying with Australia Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and 

the Corporations Regulations 2001; and

 b) 

 There are reasonable grounds to believe that PPK Group Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they 
become due and payable.

2. 

3. 

 The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 from the 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the financial year ended 30 June 2022.

 Note 2 confirms that the consolidation financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting 
Standards.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors:

Collection House Limited 

Robin Levison 
Executive Chairman 

Glenn Molloy
Executive Director 

Dated this 29th day of August 2022

112

PPK Group Limitedfor the year ended 30 June 2022Directors’ DeclarationDIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Independent Auditor’s Report

Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001 

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of PPK Group Limited 

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Opinion 
We have audited the financial report of PPK Group Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries 
(collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 
30 June 2022, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income, consolidated 
statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, 
notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the 
directors’ declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations 
Act 2001, including: 

a. Giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2022

and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b.

Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
the Code.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit 
addressed the matter is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit 
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the 
procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the 
accompanying financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

113113

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportPPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor's Report 
PPK Group Limited 
Page 2 

Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

• Evaluating the Group’s assessment of its CGUs for
consistency with the requirements of Australian
Accounting Standards.

• Evaluating the completeness of the Group’s
assessment of impairment indicators for
intangible assets in development and each CGU.

• Assessing management’s commercial basis for
the development and commercialisation of
products in process development.

• Assessing the key assumptions within the

impairment assessment of each asset, goodwill
and CGU including the commercial prospects,
growth rate and discount rate.

• Applying our knowledge of the business and

corroborating our work with external information
where possible.

• Assessing the adequacy of the disclosures
included in Notes to the financial report.

As disclosed in Notes 25, 24 and 23 to the 
financial report, the Group’s continuing 
operations recorded intangible assets of 
$37,475,000, property, plant and equipment of 
$5,439,000 and right of use assets of 
$1,256,000 as at 30 June 2022.  These assets 
represent 68% of the Group’s total non-current 
assets as at 30 June 2022.   

The Group performs an annual impairment 
assessment for indicators of impairment for 
property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets other than goodwill and intangible assets 
not yet available for use. Where indicators of 
impairment are present for an individual 
development asset the recoverable amount of 
the asset is assessed and compared to its 
carrying value. Goodwill and intangibles not yet 
available for use are tested annually regardless 
of indicators. An assessment is also made of 
indicators of impairment for each individual Cash 
Generating Unit (CGU). 

The significant assumptions used in the 
impairment testing referred to above are 
inherently subjective and in times of economic 
uncertainty the degree of subjectivity is higher 
than it might otherwise be.  Based on the size of 
the assets amounts and the judgement involved 
in determining the recoverable amount, we have 
considered this a key audit matter. 

114114

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONT’D)PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor's Report 
PPK Group Limited 
Page 3 

Accounting for non-controlled Investments 

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The Group holds a number of significant non-
controlled investments in its portfolio. The 
investments (which are individually significant) 
are recorded as non-current assets and are 
accounted for by the Group as follows: 

Investee 

Classification 

Associate 
Entity 

Accounting 
Method 

Equity 
method 

Note 

22 

Craig 
International 
Ballistics Pty 
Ltd 
AMAG 
Holdings 
Australia Pty 
Ltd* 
Survivon Pty 
Ltd* 
Zeta Energy 
LLC 

Listed 
Investments 

22 

22 

18 

18 

Associate 
Entity 

Equity 
method 

Associate 
Entity 
Financial 
Asset at Fair 
Value 
Through 
Profit and 
Loss 
Financial 
Asset at Fair 
Value 
Through 
Profit and 
Loss 

Equity 
Method 
Fair Value 
Through 
Profit and 
Loss 

Fair Value 
Through 
Profit and 
Loss 

* Acquired during the year ended 30 June 2022. 

The accounting policies applied in recognising 
and measuring the Group’s investments are 
disclosed in Note 2 of the Group’s financial 
report.  

This area is a key audit matter due to the 
significance of the carrying amount of the 
investments to the Group’s Statement of 
Financial Position, and the judgement involved in 
assessing whether control, joint control, 
significant influence or no influence exists. 
Subjectivity also exists in assessing the value of 
investments recorded at fair value. 

All Investments 
Our procedures included the following: 

•

•

•

•

Reviewing investment and shareholder
documents and correspondence in relation to
each investment.
Challenging the Group’s assessment as to the
method of accounting for each investment for
compliance with Australian Accounting
Standards.
Testing the Group’s interest in each investee
entity.
Testing management’s impairment assessment
of the investment by considering forecasts of
forward earnings, commercial activities and
discount rates or recent arm’s length capital
raisings.

• Assessing the adequacy of the related
disclosures within the financial report.

Survivon Pty Ltd (“Survivon”), Craig International 
Ballistics Pty Ltd (“CIB”) and AMAG Holdings 
Australia Pty Ltd (“AMAG”). 

Our procedures included the following: 

•

•

•

•

•

Evaluating the Group’s accounting for the initial
investment in Survivon for consistency with
Australian Accounting Standards.

Scoping and testing (based on the scoping) of
selected transaction and account balances in the
underlying financial information of Survivon, CIB
and AMAG to provide sufficient appropriate audit
evidence as to the profit and financial positions
of Survivon, CIB and AMAG investments for the
purpose of the Group audit.

Assessing the accounting policies of Survivon,
CIB and AMAG for consistency with the Group’s
policies.

Evaluating the Group’s share of net gains and the
equity method investment movement for the
year ended 30 June 2022.

Assessing the carrying amount of the Group’s
equity method investment at 30 June 2022.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

115115

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONT’D)PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor's Report 
PPK Group Limited 
Page 4 

Why significant

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Zeta Energy LLC 
Our procedures included the following: 

•

Recalculating the fair value of the Group’s
investment at 30 June 2022 using current share
valuations, supported by recent capital raising
transactions and converting the US dollar
denominated investment value to Australian
dollars at 30 June 2022.

Listed Investments 
Our procedures included the following: 

•

•

Recalculating the fair value of the Group’s
investment at 30 June 2022 using last trade
price information from the Australian Securities
Exchange.

Verifying the Group’s shareholding at 30 June
2022.

116116

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONT’D)PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor's Report 
PPK Group Limited 
Page 5 

Disposal of PPK Mining Equipment Group Pty Ltd and Controlled Entities (PPKME) 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

• Testing the operating result of PPKME for the

period between 1 July 2021 and 29 June 2022,
including the impairment charge and revenue
recognised during the period for compliance with
Australian Accounting Standards.

• Assessing the judgement applied in determining

the held-for-sale date.

• Assessing the key assumptions used to allocate
the in-specie distribution between dividend and
return of capital.

• Assessing the adequacy of the disclosures
included in Note 13 to the financial report.

On 29 June 2022, the Group disposed of its 
interest in PPK Mining Equipment Group Pty Ltd 
and Controlled Entities (PPKME) via an in-specie 
distribution of 100% of the share capital in 
PPKME to shareholders of the Group. The 
transaction is disclosed in Note 13 to the 
financial statements. 

The distribution was allocated between a return 
of capital $13,490,000 and a dividend of 
$2,509,000. Prior to disposal, PPKME 
contributed pre-tax loss of $649,000, including 
which is disclosed as a loss after tax expense 
from   discontinued operations for the year 
ended 30 June 2022.  

Significant judgement has been used in 
determining the held-for-sale date, the allocation 
of the in-specie distribution between dividend 
and return of capital and the calculation of the 
impairment charge. Based on the above, we have 
considered this a key audit matter. 

Information other than the financial report and auditor’s report thereon 
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the Company’s 2022 annual report but does not include the financial report 
and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report 
and our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

117117

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONT’D)PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor's Report 
PPK Group Limited 
Page 6 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

► Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to

fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the
override of internal control.

► Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

► Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting

estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.

► Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in
our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up
to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to
cease to continue as a going concern.

► Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the

disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events
in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

► Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or

business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are
responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely
responsible for our audit opinion.

118118

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONT’D)PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor's Report 
PPK Group Limited 
Page 7 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit. 

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions 
taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

Report on the audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in the directors’ report for the year ended 30 
June 2022. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of PPK Group Limited for the year ended 30 June 2022, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

Brad Tozer 
Partner 
Brisbane 
29 August 2022 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

119119

PPK Group LimitedIndependent Auditor’s ReportINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONT’D)PPK Group LimitedSHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Shareholder Information

Fully paid ordinary shares:
(a)  Total shares issued: 89,289,293

(b)  Percentage held by 20 largest shareholders: 60.10%

(c)  Total number of PPK shareholders: 5,125

(d)  Shareholders with less than marketable parcel of shares: 1,427

(e)  There is not a current on market buy-back.

(f) 

 Voting rights: Every shareholder present personally or by proxy or attorney etc, shall, on a show of hands, have 
one vote and on a poll shall have one vote for every share held. No voting rights attach to options.

(g)  Distribution schedule of fully paid ordinary shares:

Holdings Ranges

1 - 1,000

1,001 - 5,000

5,001 - 10,000

10,001 - 100,000

100,001 Over

Total

Total holders

Units

% Units

2,745

1,003,241

1,486

3,609,222

392

3,000,726

414

12,348,925

88

69,327,179

1.12

4.04

3.36

13.83

77.64

5,125  89,289,293

100.00%

(h)  Voting rights: Every member present personally or by proxy or attorney etc, shall, on a show of hands, have one 

vote and on a poll shall have one vote for every share held.

(i)  Top 20 Holders of Ordinary Fully Paid Shares 

Rank Name

Shares

%

WAVET FUND NO 2 PTY LTD 

14,011,998

1 5 . 69

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

120

EQUIPMENT COMPANY OF AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

SMN HOLDINGS PTY LTD

BUYCO PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

MCNAMARA SUPER GROUP PTY LTD 

IGNITION CAPITAL PTY LTD 

CONTEMPLATOR PTY LTD 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

IGNITION CAPITAL NO 2 PTY LTD 

JOHN E GILL OPERATIONS PTY LIMITED 

MR LESLIE JOHN FIELD + MRS EVE FIELD

SASH INVESTMENT GROUP PTY LTD 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

MINOAN CORPORATION LIMITED

EST MR FRANCESCO MARIO NAPOLI

RUMINATOR PTY LTD

20

IRONFURY PTY LTD 

Top 20 holders of Ordinary Fully Paid Total

Total Remaining Holders Balance

7,014,866

4,689,162

3,230,000

3,000,000

2,780,733

2,775,919

2,336,788

2, 326 ,0 0 0

2,026,888

1, 599,950

1,527,692

1,102,221

1,007,584

955 ,0 0 0

896,302

700,000

597,181

568,425

516,733

53,663,442

35,625,851

7.86

5.25

3.62

3.36

3.11

3.11

2.62

2.61

2.27

1.79

1.71

1.23

1.13

1.07

1.00

0.78

0.67

0.64

0 . 5 8

60.10

39.90

PPK Group LimitedShareholder Informationas at 22 August 2022(j)  Substantial Holders

Substantial Holder

Wavet Fund No 2 Pty Ltd 

Equipment Company of Australia Pty Ltd

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Ltd

(k)  Unquoted Securities:

Security

Total Holders

Number

Number of 
Shares Held

% of Issued 
Capital

14,011,998

7,014,866

4,689,162

15.69

7.86

5.25

Terms

Performance Rights

Performance Rights

Performance Rights

2

4

8

90,000

61,912

82,298

Each Performance Right is an entitlement, upon vesting and 
exercise, to an ordinary fully paid share in the Company. 
The Performance Rights all vested on 30 June 2021 but 
remain unexercised.

Each Performance Right is an entitlement, upon vesting and 
exercise, to an ordinary fully paid share in the Company. 
The Performance Rights will be assessed against the 
vesting conditions in June 2023.

Each Performance Right is an entitlement, upon vesting and 
exercise, to an ordinary fully paid share in the Company. 
The Performance Rights will be assessed against the 
vesting conditions in June 2024.

121

PPK Group LimitedShareholder Informationas at 22 August 2022SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION (CONT’D)Corporate Directory

PPK Group Limited ABN 65 003 964 181

A public company incorporated in New South Wales and listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX Code: PPK)

Directors
Robin Levison 
Glenn Molloy 
Anthony John McDonald 
Anne-Marie Birkill 

Company Secretaries
Will Shiel 
Liam Fairhall

(Chairman) 
(Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director) 
(Non-Executive Director)

Registered Office and Principal Place of Business
PPK Group Limited 
Level 27, 10 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 Australia

Telephone: 
Email: 
Web Site: 

+61 7 3054 4555
info@ppkgroup.com.au
www.ppkgroup.com.au

Share Register
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd 
Level 3, 60 Carrington Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 Australia

Telephone  
(within Australia):  1300 556 161 
Telephone  
(international): 
Contact: 

+61 2 8234 5000 
https://www.computershare.com/au/business/registry-services/contact-us 

Solicitors
Mills Oakley 
Level 23, 66 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 Australia

Bankers
National Australia Bank Limited  
Level 17, 259 Queen Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 Australia

Auditors
Ernst & Young  
Level 51, 111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 Australia

122

PPK Group LimitedCorporate DirectoryCORPORATE DIRECTORYG R O U P   L T D

www.ppkgroup.com.au